`/*`
`Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, S.R.Haque.`

`This file is a modified version of the original document published by Microsoft. Copies of the original are available at various places including:`

`http://www.wotsit.org/download.asp?f=wword8`

`It has had its formatting regularised to facilitate automated extract of the structure definitions contained within it. It also contains:`

`-some corrections for "obvious" mistakes in the original.```

`-rationalisation of the types used in the structure definitions to use unsigned variables as the basic type.```

`-signed types might need adding back in specific instances that I missed.```

`-rationalisation of the way bitfields are described.`

`MODIFICATION HISTORY`

`23-Jul-2001 shaheedhaque Merge Werner's changes.`
`19-Jul-2001 shaheedhaque Reconciled with Word 95 spec.`
`17-Jul-2001 shaheedhaque Reorder alphabetically to ease comparison.`
`7-Jul-2001 shaheedhaque Tweak to make consistent with Word95 doc.`
`25-Sep-2000 shaheedhaque Rework the handling of PICF to make it parseable, add OBJHEADER`
`10-Aug-2000 shaheedhaque Minor corrections.`
`20-Jul-2000 shaheedhaque First released.`
`*/`

# Microsoft Word 97 Binary File Format

Microsoft Word 97 (aka Version 8) for Windows and Macintosh. From the Office book, found in the Microsoft Office Development section in the MSDN Online Library. HTMLified June 1998. Revised Aug 1 1998, added missing Definitions section. Revised Dec 21 1998, added missing Document Properties (section).

## Contents

- Note
- Word and Docfiles
- Definitions
- Naming Conventions
- Format of the Summary Info Stream in a Word File
- Format of the Main Stream in a Word Non-Complex File
- Format of the Main Stream in a Complex File
- Format of the Table Stream
- Format of the Data Stream
- FIB
- Text
- Character and Paragraph Formatting Properties
- Bin Tables
- Stylesheet

- STSHI
- STD

- List Tables

- LST records and the rglst
- List Names and the sttbListNames
- LFO records and the pllfo
- Paragraph List Formatting

- SPRM Definitions
- Complex File Format

- Algorithm to determine the bounds of a paragraph containing a certain character in a complex file
- Algorithm to determine paragraph properties for a paragraph in a complex file
- Algorithm to determine table properties for a table row in a complex file
- Algorithm to determine the character properties of a character in a complex file
- Algorithm to determine the section properties of a section in a complex file
- Algorithm to determine the pic of a picture in a complex file.

- Footnotes & Endnotes
- Headers and Footers
- Page Table
- Glossary Files
- Routing Slip
- Autosummary
- STTBFASSOC (Table of Associated Strings)
- Structure Definitions

- Autonumbered List Data Descriptor (ANLD)
- AnnoTation Reference Descriptor (ATRD)
- Autonumber Level Descriptor (ANLV)
- AutoSummary Analysis (ASUMY)
- AutoSummary Info (ASUMYI)
- Bin Table Entry (BTE)
- BreaK Descriptor (BKD)
- BooKmark First descriptor (BKF)
- BooKmark Lim descriptor (BKL)
- Border Code (BRC)
- Border Code for Windows Word 1.0 (BRC10)
- Character Properties (CHP)
- Character Property Exceptions (CHPX)
- Date and Time (internal date format) (DTTM)
- Drop Cap Specifier(DCS)
- Drawing Object Grid (DOGRID)
- Document Properties (DOP)
- Document Typography Info (DOPTYPOGRAPHY)
- Field Descriptor (FLD)
- File Shape Address (FSPA)
- Font Family Name (FFN)
- File Information Block (FIB)
- Footnote Reference Descriptor (FRD)
- Formatted Disk Page for CHPXs (CHPX FKP)
- Formatted Disk Page for PAPXs (PAPX FKP)
- List LeVeL (on File) (LVLF)
- Line Spacing Descriptor (LSPD)
- LiST Data (on File) (LSTF)
- List Format Override (LFO)
- List Format Override for a single LeVeL (LFOLVL)
- Outline LiST Data (OLST)
- METAFILEPICT
- Number Revision Mark Data (NUMRM)
- Embedded Object properties (OBJHEADER)
- Page Descriptor (PGD)
- Paragraph Height (PHE)
- Paragraph Properties (PAP)
- Paragraph Property Exceptions (PAPX)
- Picture Descriptor (on File) (PICF)
- Piece Descriptor (PCD)
- Plex of CPs stored in File (PLCF)
- Property Modifier(variant 1) (PRM)
- Property Modifier(variant 2) (PRM)
- Routing Slip (RS)
- Routing Recipient (RR)
- Section Descriptor (SED)
- Section Properties (SEP)
- Section Property Exceptions (SEPX)
- Shading Descriptor (SHD)
- Tab Descriptor (TBD)
- Table Cell Descriptors (TC)
- Table Autoformat Look sPecifier (TLP)
- Table Properties (TAP)
- TeXtBoX Story (FTXBXS)
- WorK Book (WKB)

- Appendix A - Reading a Macintosh PICT Graphic
- Appendix B - Calculation of font (FTC) and language (LID)

## Note

Many of the structures written in Word files differ slightly from the corresponding structures Word uses internally. The file-specific version of a structure is typically named by adding a preceding or (more often) trailing F. For example, Word uses internally a PLC (PLex of Cps), but writes to files a PLCF (PLex of Cps in File). Many discussions in this document use the name of the internal structure when the file-specific structure is what is really being referred to. The reader should remember that the name of a seemingly undefined structure type may simply be missing a leading or trailing F.

## Word and Docfiles

Word 97 is an OLE 2.0 application. A Word binary file is a docfile and Word binary data is written into streams within the docfile using the OLE 2.0 docfile APIs. These streams are stored in the file as linked lists of file blocks and this data cannot be reliably accessed by using the operating system Open APIs. To access data within a Word binary file, the file must be opened using the OLE 2.0 docfile APIs, and it must be read with the appropriate docfile APIs.

A word docfile consists of a main stream, a summary information stream, a table stream, a data stream, and 0 or more object streams which contain private data for OLE 2.0 objects embedded within the Word document. The summary information stream is described in the section immediately following this one. The object storages contain binary data for embedded objects. Word has no knowledge of the contents of these storages; this information is accessed and manipulated though the OLE 2.0 APIs.

The majority of this document describes the contents of the main stream and the table stream.

## Definitions

OLE 2.0:

Object Linking and Embedding 2.0

API (Application Programming Interface):

A set of libraries, functions, definitions, etc. which describe an interface to a programming environment or model.

docfile:

An OLE 2.0 compatible multi-stream file. Word files are docfiles.

page (or sector):

512 byte segment of the main stream within a Word docfile that begins on a 512-byte boundary. (bytes 0-511 are in page 0, bytes 512-1023 are in page 1, etc.). In Word data structures, an unsigned two-byte integer page number is given the acronym PN (for Page Number).

document:

A named, multi-linked list of data structures, representing an ordered stream of text with properties that was produced by a user of Microsoft Word

stream:

The physical encoding of a Word document 's text and sub data structures in a random access stream within a docfile.

main stream:

The stream within a Word docfile containing the bulk of Word's binary data.

table stream:

The stream within a Word docfile containing the various plcf's and tables that describe a documents structures.

data stream:

The stream within a Word docfile containing various data that hang off of characters in the main stream. For example, binary data describing in-line pictures and/or formfields.

summary information stream:

The stream within a Word docfile containing the document summary information.

object storage:

A storage containing binary data for an embedded OLE 2.0 object.

CP (Character Position):

A four-byte integer which is the position coordinate of a character of text within the logical text stream of a document.

FC( File Character position):

A four-byte integer which is the byte offset of a character (or other object) from the beginning of a stream of the docfile. Before a file has been edited(i.e. in a full saved Word document), CPs can be transformed into FCs by adding the FC coordinate of the beginning of a document's text stream to the CP. After a file has been edited (i.e. in a fast-saved Word document), the mapping from CP to FC is recorded in the piece table (see below)

XCHAR( eXtended CHARacter set):

A data type which defines a "character". Each XCHAR corresponds to a character in the document, where "character" is defined as a glyph, regardless of whether it is a single-byte or double-byte character. With Word6/FE, Word95/FE, Word97/all and future versions of Word, this is defined as a 16-bit integer corresponding to the Unicode character code of the glyph.

PLF(PLex stored in File):

A data structure consisting of an array of structures preceded by a long count of structures.

PLCF(PLex of Cps(or FCs) stored in File):

A data structure consisting of two parallel arrays that allows a relation to be established between a certain CP position in the document text stream (or FC position in a file) and an arbitrary data structure. It consists of an array of n+1 CPs or FCs followed by an array of n instances of a particular arbitrary data structure. In typical usage, the nth CP or FC of the PLCF is in one-to-one correspondence with the nth instance of the arbitrary data structure, with the n+1st CP or FC marking the limit of the nth instance's influence. When a PLCF is used to record a partitioning of the document's text stream or a partitioning of the bytes stored in a file, the 0th CP/FC stored in the PLCF will be 0. When a PLCF is used to record the location of certain marks or links within the document text stream, the 0th CP/FC stored in the PLCF will record the position of the 0th mark or link. To properly interpret a PLCF stored in a Word file, the length of the stored PLCF and the length of the arbitrary data structure stored in the PLCF must be known. The length of the stored PLCF is recorded in the FIB. The lengths of the data structures stored in PLCFs within Word files are listed later in this document.

piece table:

The piece table is a data structure that describes the logical sequence of characters in a Word document and records recent changes to the formatting of a Word document. It is stored in a Word file as a PLCF named the plcfpcd (PLex of Cps containing Piece Descriptors).The piece table relates a logical character number, called a CP (Character Position), to a physical location within a Word file (an FC). The array of CPs in the plcfpcd defines a partitioning of the Word document into disjoint pieces. The second array is an array of PCDs (Piece Descriptors) which is in 1-to-1 correspondence to the array of CPs that records the physical location in the Word file where the corresponding piece begins. To find the physical location of a particular logical character in aWord document, take the CP coordinate of that character within the document and find the piece that contains that character. This is done by finding the index of the largest CP in the array of CPs that is less than the character CP. Then reference the PCD with that index in the array of PCDs. The FC stored in the PCD gives the position of the beginning of the piece in the file. Finally, add the offset of the desired character from the beginning of its piece to the FC of the beginning of the piece. This gives a "virtual" file offset of the character. If the second most significant bit is clear, then this indicates the actual file offset of the unicode character (two bytes). If the second most significant bit is set, then the actual address of the codepage-1252 compressed version of the unicode character (one byte), is actually at the offset indicated by clearing this bit and dividing by two.

sprm (Single PRoperty Modifier):

An instruction to modify one or more properties within one of the property defining data structures (CHP, PAP, TAP, SEP, or PIC). It consists of an operation code which identifies the field(s) to be changed, and an operand which gives the value that a particular field is changed to or else which is a parameter to a procedure which will change the field or fields. A prl (property modifiers stored in a list) is a sprm plus its operand.

grpprl (group of prls):

A grpprl is a data structure that records a set of sprms. The 0th sprm is recorded at offset 0 of the structure. Any succeeding sprms are recorded immediately after the end of the preceding sprm . To traverse a grpprl and locate the sprms recorded within it, it's necessary to fetch the opcode of the first sprm, lookup the length of the sprm with that opcode, use that length to skip past the first sprm, fetch the opcode of the second sprm, lookup the length of that sprm, use the length to skip the second sprm, and so on. See the table in the "SPRM Definition" topic to determine the length of a sprm.

The phrase "apply the sprms of a grpprl (or papx or sepx)" used later in this document means to fetch the 0th sprm recorded in the grpprl and perform the action for that sprm, fetch the first sprm and perform its action, and continue this procedure until all sprms in the grpprl (or papx or sepx) have been processed.

prm (PRoperty Modifier):

A field in piece table entries that records how the properties of text within a piece were changed to reflect user formatting operations. The prm usually contains an index to a grpprl which records the user's formatting changes as a group of sprms. If the user has made only a small change to formatting that can be expressed as a single 2 or 1-byte sprm, that sprm is stored within the prm.

STTBF (STring TaBle stored in File)

Word has many tables of strings that are stored as Pascal type strings. STTBFs consist of an optional short containing 0xFFFF, indicating that the strings are extended character strings, a short indicating how many strings are included in the string table, another short indicating the size in bytes of the extra data stored with each string and each string followed by the extra data. Non-extended charater Pascal strings begin with a single byte length count which describes how many characters follow the length byte in the string. If pst is a pointer to an array of characters storing a Pascal style string then the length of the string is *pst+1. In an STTBF Pascal style strings are concatenated one after another until the length of the STTBF recorded in the FIB is exhausted. Extra data associated with a string may also be stored in an sttbf. When extra data is stored for an STTBF, it is written at the end of each string. For example: The extra data for an STTBF consists of a short.If the string "Cat" were stored, the actual entry in the string table would consist of a length byte containing 3 (3 for "Cat") followed by the bytes 'C' 'a' 't', followed by the 2 bytes containing the short. Extended character strings are stored just the same, except they have a double byte length count and each extended character occupies two bytes.

full-saved (or non-complex) file:

A Word file in which the physical order of characters stored in the file is identical to the logical order of characters in the document that the file represents. The text stream of a non-complex file can be described by an fc (an offset from the beginning of the file) to mark where the text begins and a ccp (count of CPs) to record how many characters are stored in the text stream. Due to unicode compression to code page 1252, all files (simple and complex) now contain a piece table. However, a full-saved piece table will not have property modifiers (prms) and all text in the file will be referenced by the piece table.

fast-saved (or complex) file:

A Word file in which the physical order of characters stored in the file does not match the logical order of characters in the document that the file represents. A piece table must be stored in the file to describe the text stream of the document. Due to unicode compression to code page 1252, all files (simple and complex) now contain a piece table.

FIB (File Information Block):

The header of a Word file. Begins at offset 0 in file. Gives the beginning offset and lengths of the document's text stream and subsidiary data structures within the file. Also stores other file status information.

paragraph

A contiguous sequence of characters within the text stream of a document that is delimited by a paragraph mark, cell mark, row mark, or a section mark (These are special characters described later in this document).

run of text

A contiguous sequence of characters within the text stream of a document that have the same character formatting properties. A single run may cross paragraph boundaries and may encompass the entire document.

section

A contiguous sequence of paragraphs within the text stream of a document that is delimited by a section mark or by the final paragraph mark at the end of a document. Users frequently treat sections as the equivalent of a chapter in a book. The boundaries of sections mark locations where the layout rules for a document (number of columns, text of headers and footers to use, whether page numbers should be displayed, etc.) are changed.

paragraph style

A named set of character and paragraph properties that can be associated with any number of paragraphs in a Word document's text stream. A paragraph style provides a set of character and paragraph property defaults for the text of any paragraph tagged with that style. When a new paragraph is created and given a particular style, newly typed text is given the character and paragraph properties of that style unless the user makes an exception to the paragraph style definition by performing other editing operations.

CHP (CHaracter Properties)

The data structure describing the character properties of a run of text.

CHPX (Character Property EXception)

A data structure which describes how a particular CHP differs from a reference CHP. In Win Word 6.0, the CHPX simply consists of a grpprl which is applied to the reference CHP to produce the originally encoded CHP. By applying a CHPX to the character properties (CHP) inherited by a particular paragraph from its style,it is possible to reconstitute the CHP for the portion of the character run that intersects that paragraph

character style

A named character property exception that can be associated with any number of runs of text in a Word document's text stream. When a run of text is tagged with a particular character style, a chpx recorded for the character style is applied to the character properties that are defined for the paragraph style of the paragraph that contains the text. This means that the character style can change one or more of the character property field settings specified by the paragraph style of a paragraph to a particular setting without changing the value of any other field.

PAP (PAragraph Properties)

The data structure which describes the properties of a particular paragraph.

PAPX (PAragraph Property EXception)

A data structure describing how a particular paragraph's properties differ from the paragraph properties of the style assigned to the paragraph. By applying a PAPX to the paragraph properties (PAP) inherited by a particular paragraph from its style, it is possible to reconstitute the PAP for that paragraph. The PAPX contains an ISTD (a style code to identify the style in control of the paragraph and a grpprl which specifies how the style's paragraph properties must be changed to produce the paragraph properties of the paragraph.

table row:

A contiguous sequence of paragraphs within the text stream of a document that is partitioned into subsequences of paragraphs called cells. The last paragraph of each cell is terminated by a special paragraph mark called a cell mark. Following the cell mark that ends the last cell of a table row, the table row is terminated by a special paragraph mark called a row mark. When Word displays a table row, it assigns a rectangular shaped display area to each cell in the row. All of the cell display area's top's are aligned at the same vertical position on a page. The leftmost display area in a table row is assigned to the 0th cell of the row; the next display area to the right is assigned to the 1st cell of the row, etc. The text of the cell is wrapped to fit its display area.As more text is added to the cell, the cell display area extends downward. A set of table properties that determine how many cells are in a row, where the horizontal boundaries of cell display areas are, and what borders are drawn around each cell in the table is stored for the row mark that marks the end of the table row.

TAP (TAble Properties):

The data structure which describes the properties of a single table row. The information in the TAP for a table row is stored in a Word file as a list of sprms that modify a TAP which has been cleared to zeros. This list of table sprms is appended to the grpprl of paragraph sprms that is recorded in the PAPX for the row mark that delimits the end of a table row.

STSH (STyle SHeet)

A data structure which represents every style defined within the Word document. The STSH records a unique name string for every style and associates each name with a particular CHP and/or a PAP. The indexes used to refer to individual styles are called ISTDs (Indexes to STyle Descriptors). Every PAPX for every paragraph recorded in a document contains an ISTD which identifies the style from which a paragraph inherited its default character and paragraph properties. CHPXs recorded for the text within the paragraph and PAPXs recorded for the paragraph itself encode changes that the user has made with respect to the style's default properties.

FKP (Formatted disK Page):

A data structure that fits in one 512-byte page that encodes either the character properties or the paragraph properties of a certain portion of a Microsoft Word file. An FKP consists of four components:

1) a count of the number of runs or paragraphs described by the page.

2) an array of FCs recorded in ascending order demarcating the boundaries between runs or paragraphs that are recorded adjacent to one another in the Word file.

3) In character FKPs an array of offsets within the FKP in one to one correspondence with the array of FCs that locate the properties of the run that begins at a particular FC.

In LVC FKPs an array of offsets within the FKP in one to one correspondence with the array of FCs that locate the LVCXs that describe the run that begins at a particular FC.

In paragraph FKPs an array of BX structures follows the array of FCs in one to one correspondence with the array of FCs. Each BX begins with an offset that locates the properties of the paragraph that begins at a particular FC. The remainder of the BX contains a PHE structure that encodes information about the height of the paragraph that begins at that FC.

4) a group of CHPXs if the FKP stores character properties, a group of PAPXs if the FKP stores paragraph and table properties, or a group of LVCXs if the FKP stores paragraph level and numbering cache information

To find the CHPX/PAPX corresponding to a particular character in a document, calculate the FC coordinate for that character. Then search through the bin table (see next entry) for the type of property you want to produce, to find the FKP in the document stream whose array of FCs encompasses the FC of the documentcharacter.

Then search within the FKP to find the index of the largest FC entry that is less than or equal to the FC of the document character. Use this index to look up an offset in the array of offsets (for character FKPs) or look up an offset in the array of Bxs (for paragraph FKPs) within the FKP. Add this offset to the beginning address of the FKP in memory. This will be the first byte of the desiredCHPX/PAPX.

bin table

Each FKP can be viewed as bucket or bin that contains the properties of a certain range of FCs in the Word file. In Word files, a PLC, the plcfbte (PLex of FCs containing Bin Table Entries) is maintained. Itrecords the association between a particular range of FCs and the PN (Page Number) of the FKP that contains the properties for that FC range in the file. In a complex (fast-saved) Word document, FKP pages are intermingled with pages of textin a random pattern which reflects the history of past fast saves. In a complex document, a plcfbteChpx which records the location of every CHPX FKP must be stored and a plcfbtePapx which records the location of every PAPX FKP must be stored. In a non-complex, full-saved document, all of the CHPX FKPS are recorded in consecutive 512-byte pages with the FKPs recorded in ascending FC order, as are all of the PAPX FKPS. A plcfbteLvcx serves the same purpose for LVCX FKPS.

In a full save document, the plcfbte's may not have been able to be expanded during the save process due to a lack of RAM. In that situation, the plcfbte's will be interspersed with the property pages in a linked list of FBD pages.

SEP(SEction Properties)

The data structure describing the properties of a particular section.

SEPX(SEction Property EXceptions)

A data structure describing how the properties of a particular section differ from a Word-defined standard SEP. As in the PAPX, the differences between the SEP for a section and the standard SEP are encoded as list of sprms that describe how the standard SEP can be transformed into the section's SEP. By applying a SEPX's sprms to the standard SEP, it is possible to reconstitute the SEP for that section.

The PLCFSED, a data structure stored in a Word file, records the locations of all SEPXs stored in a Word file. The array of CPs in the plcfsed records the boundaries of sections in the Word document . The second array in the plcf, an array of SEDs (SEction Descriptors), is in 1-to-1 correspondence to the array of CPs. Each SED stores the beginning FC of the SEPX that records the properties for a section. If the FC stored in a SED is -1, the section properties of the section are exactly equal to the standard section properties.

The SEP for a particular section may be constructed if a CP of a character in that section is known. First search the array of CPs in the PLCSED for the index of the largest CP that is less than or equal to the CP of the character. Use this index to locate the SED in the plcfsed which describes the section. The FC stored in the SED is the offset from the beginning of the Word file at which the SEPX is stored. If the stored FC is equal to 0xFFFFFFFF, then the SEP for the section is exactly equal to the standard SEP (see SEP structure definition) Otherwise, read the SEPX into memory and create a copy of the standard SEP. Finally, apply the sprms stored in the SEPX to the standard SEP to produce the SEP for a section.

DOP (DOcument Properties)

The data structure describing properties that apply to the document as a whole.

sub-document

A separate logical stream of text with properties for which correspondences with the main document text are maintained. Word's headers/footers, footnotes, endnotes, macro procedure text, annotation text, and text within textboxes are kept in separate subdocuments. Each subdocument has its own CP coordinate space. In other words, data structures are stored in Word files that are components of these subdocuments. These data structures contain CP coordinates whose 0 point is the beginning of the subdocument text stream instead of the beginning of the main document text stream.

In full-saved documents, a simple calculation with values stored in the FIB produces the file offset of the beginning of the subdocument text streams (if they exist). The length of these streams is also stored.

In fast-saved documents, the piece tables of subdocuments are concatenated to the end of the main document piece table. In this case, to identify the beginning of subdocument text , you must sum the length of the main document text stream with the lengths of any subdocument text streams stored ahead of the subdocument (information stored in the FIB) and treat this sum as a CP coordinate. To retrieve the text of the subdocument, you must do lookups in the piece table, starting with the piece that contains the beginning CP coordinate, to find the physical location of each piece of the subdocument text stream.

field

A field is a two-part structure that may be recorded in the CP stream of a document. The first part of the structure contains field codes which instruct Window's Word to insert text into the second part of the structure, the field result. Fields in Window's Word are used to insert text from an external file or to quote another part of a document, to mark index and table of contents entries and produce indexes and tables of contents, maintain DDE links to other programs, to produce dates, times, page numbers, sequence numbers, etc. There are 91 different field types.

A field begin mark delimits the beginning of a field and precedes any of the field codes stored in the field. The end of the field codes and the beginning of the field result is marked with the field separator and the field result and the field itself are terminated by a field end mark.

The CP locations of the field begin mark, field separator, and field end mark are recorded in plcfld data structures that are maintained for the main document and all of the subdocuments of the main document whenever a field is inserted or edited. A field can be dead, in which case it has no field separator, no field result, and no entry in the plcfld. (See the definition of the FLD structure for a list of possible dead field code strings.) An array of two-byte FLD structures is stored in the plcfld in one-to-one correspondence with the CP entries recorded. An FLD associated with a field begin mark records the type of the field. An FLD associated with the field end mark records the current status of the field (i.e. whether the result is dirty or has been edited, whether the result has been locked, etc.)

Fields may be nested. 20 levels of nesting are permitted.

bookmark

A bookmark associates a user definable name with a range of text within a document. A bookmark is frequently used as an operand in field code instructions within a field. In Window's Word a bookmark is represented by three parallel data structures, the sttbBkmk, the plcbkf and the plcbkl. The sttbBkmk is a string table which contains the name of each bookmark that is defined. The plcbkf records the beginning CP position of each bookmark. The plcbkl records the limit CP position that delimits the end of a bookmark. Since bookmarks may be nested within one another to any level, the BKF structure stored in the plcbkf consists of a single index which specifies which plcbkl marks the end of the bookmark. The BKL structure is not written to the file, and the plcbkl contains only CPs.

picture

A picture is represented in the document text stream as a special character, an ASCII 1 whose CHP has the fSpec bit set to 1. The file location of the picture in the Word binary file is stored in the character's CHP in chp.fcPic. The fcPic is a byte offset into the data stream. Beginning at the position recorded in chp.fcPic, a header data structure, the PIC, will be stored. If the picture is a reference to a TIFF file, a Picture file or an Office shape file, the name of the file will be recorded immediately following the PIC in a Pascal style string. If the picture is an Office shape, a Window's metafile or a bitmap, the shape, metafile or bitmap will immediately follow the PIC. Pictures that are a reference to an Office shape file will include both the filename and the shape in that order. Pictures inserted with Word97 are in the new Office shape format (documented elsewhere). However, pictures can be copied from older files into newer ones and their old format will persist until the picture is edited or displayed.

Some files (including all files created by Word for the Macintosh) may store Macintosh PICT pictures as well. In this case, the PIC structure is immediately followed by a standard Windows metafile depicting a large "x", so that older readers expecting only a metafile after the PIC will just display this "x". If a reader detects this standard "x" metafile, it can extract the sizes of the standard "x" metafile and the Macintosh PICT picture that follows it from an early portion of this "x" metafile. Please see Appendix B for a discussion of this technique.

embedded object

The native data for Embedded objects (OBJs) is stored similarly to pictures (PICs). To locate the native data for Embedded objects, scan the plc of field codes for the mother, header, footnote and annotation, textbox and header textbox documents (fib.PlcffldMom/Hdr/Ftn/Atn/Txbx/HdrTxbx).For each separator field, get the chp.

If chp.fSpec=1 and chp.fObj=1, then this separator field has an associated embedded object. The file location of the object data is stored in chp.fcObj. At the specified location an object header is stored followed by the native data for the object. See the OBJHEADER structure.

If chp.fOle2=1, then this separator field has an associated OLE2 object. The fcPic will be a unique integer that specifies the name of the object's sub-storage instead of an offset into the data stream.

office art object

An office art object is represented in the document stream as a special character, an ASCII 8, which has chp.fSpec set to 1 for the run of text containing the character . Only main documents and header documents contain office art objects. The native data for the office art object may be obtained by taking the CP for the special character and using this to find the corresponding entry in the plcspa. An entry in this plc consists of a FSPA structure, which is described elsewhere in this document.

Office art objects can have text attached to them. Text for the textboxes is stored separately in the textbox subdocument of the main or header document.The textbox subdocument contains a plctxbxs where the text from CP n to CP n+1 in the subdocument is the text which is contained in a textbox as specified in the TXBXS structure for this nth entry in the plctxbxs. Textboxes can be linked in chains of up to 32 textboxes. Ordering of textboxes in the subdocument is completely unrelated to the document structure due to the nature of textbox linking. To find the text for a given office art object, the TXID property (a long: high word is itxbxs+1, low word is the sequence number) must be fetched from the office art data for the shape. This contains an index (itxbxs) into plctxbxs and a sequence number in the chain of linked textboxes. The text for the entire chain of linked textboxes is stored from the CP itxbxs to CP itxbxs+1 of plctxbxs. The plctxbxBkd describes the "page table" within textbox stories (where the textboxes in each linked textbox chain are thought of as "pages"). So, for each entry in the plctxbxs there is a corresponding entry in the plctxbxBkd at the same CP, and there may be additional entries in the plctxbxBkd to describe the breaks from one textbox to the next in linked textbox chains.

Note

In this document, bit 0 is the low-order bit. Structures are described as they would be declared in C for the Intel architecture. When numbering bytes in a word from low offset towards high offset, two-byte integers will have their least significant eight bits stored in byte 0 and most significant eight bits in byte 1. If bit 31 is the most significant bit in a four-byte integer, bits 31 through 24 will be stored in byte 3 of a four-byte integer, bits 23 through 16 will be stored in byte 2, bits 15 through 8 will be stored in byte 1, and bits 7 through 0 will be stored in byte 0.

## Naming Conventions

The names in Word data structures usually consist of a lower case sequence of characters followed by an optional upper case modifier. The following tags are used in the lower case parts of field names to document the data type of a field:

f | used to name a flag (a variable containing a Boolean value). Usually the object referred to will contain either 1 (fTrue, TRUE) or 0 (fFalse, FALSE). (e.g. fWidowControl, fShadow)
l | used to name a 4 byte integer value ( a long). (e.g. lcb)
w | used to name a 2 byte integer value (a short ).
b | used to name a 1 byte integer value
cp | used to name a variable that contains a character position within the document. always a 4 byte quantity.
fc | used to name a variable that contains an offset from the beginning of a file. always a 4 byte quantity.
xa | used to name a variable that contains a width of an object imaged on screen or on hard copy that is measured in units of 1/1440 of an inch. This unit which is one-twentieth of a point size (1/20 * 1/72 in) is called a twip in this documentation. (e.g. xaPage is the width of a page).
ya | used to name a variable that contains a height of an object imaged on screen or on hard copy that is measured in twips.
dxa | used to name a variable that contains the horizontal distance of an object measured from some reference point expressed in twips. (e.g. pap.dxaLeft is the distance of the left boundary of a paragraph measured from the left margin of the page)
dya | used to name a variable that contains the vertical distance of an object measured from some reference point expressed in twips. (e.g. pap.dyaAbs is the vertical distance of the top of a paragraph from a reference frame declared in the pap).
dxp | used to name a variable that contains the horizontal distance of an object measured from some reference point expressed in Macintosh pixel units (1/72"). (e.g. dxpSpace)
dyp | used to name a variable that contains the vertical distance of an object measured from some reference point expressed in Macintosh pixel units (1/72").
rg | prefix used to signify that the data structure being defined is an array. (e.g. rgb (an array of bytes), rgcp (an array of CPs), rgfc (an array of FCs), rgfoo (an array of foos).
i | prefix used to signify that an integer value is used as an index into an array. (e.g. itbd is an index into rgtbd, itc is an index into rgtc.)
c | prefix used to signify that an integer value is a count of some number of objects. (e.g. a cb is a count of bytes, a cl is a count of lines, ccol is a count of columns, a cpe is a count of picture elements.)
grp | prefix used to name an array of bytes that contains one or more copies of a variable length data structure with the instances of the data structure stored one after the other in the array. (e.g. a grpprl is a array of bytes that stores a group of prls.)
grpf | prefix used to name an integer or byte value whose bits are used as flags. (e.g. grpfIhdt is a group of flags that records the types of headers that are stored for a particular section of a document).

The two following modifiers are used occasionally in this documentation:

First | Means that variable marks the first of a range of objects. For example, cpFirst would mark the first character position of a range of characters in a document. fcFirst would mark the file offset of the first byte of a range of bytes stored in a file.
Lim | Means the variable marks the limit of a range of objects (i.e. is the index of the last object in a range plus 1). For example, cpLim would be the limit CP of a range of characters in a document. fcLim would be the limit file offset of a range of bytes stored in a file.

## Format of the Summary Info Stream in a Word File

The summary information for a Word document is stored in two structured storage streams, SummaryInformation and DocumentSummaryInformation. Information on the layout of the SummaryInformation stream can be found in Appendix B of the OLE 2 Programmers Reference.

## Format of the Main Stream

### Non-Complex File

The main stream of a Word docfile (non-complex format) consists of the Word file header (FIB), the text, and the formatting information.

> FIB
>   Stored at beginning of page 0 of the file. fib.fComplex will be set to zero.
> text of body, footnotes, headers
>   Text begins at the position recorded in fib.fcMin.
> FKPs for CHPs, PAPs and LVCs
>   The first FKP begins at a 512-byte boundary after the last byte text written.. The remaining FKPs are recorded in the 512-byte pages that immediately follow. The FKPs for CHPs PAPs and LVCs are interleaved. Previous versions of Word wrote them in contiguous chunks. The hplcfbte's of the three flavors (CHP, PAP and LVC) are used to find the relevant FKP of the appropriate type.
> group of SEPXs
>   SEPXs immediately follow the FKPs and are concatenated one after the other. SEPXs are no longer guaranteed to start on a page boundary if it would span a boundary if placed immediately after the preceding SEPX.

### Complex File

The main stream of a Word binary file (complex format) consists of the Word file header (FIB), the text, and the formatting information.

> FIB
> Text of body, footnotes, headers stored during last full save
>   Text begins at the position recorded in fib.fcMin.
> FKPs for CHPs, PAPs and LVCs
>   The first FKP begins at a 512-byte boundary after the last byte text written.. The remaining FKPs are recorded in the 512-byte pages that immediately follow. The FKPs for CHPs PAPs and LVCs are interleaved. Previous versions of Word wrote them in contiguous chunks. The hplcfbte's of the three flavors (CHP, PAP and LVC) are used to find the relevant FKP of the appropriate type.
> Group of SEPXs stored during last full save
> Any text, stored during first fast save
> Any FKPs stored during first fast save
> Any SEPXs stored during first fast save
> Any text, stored during second fast save
> Any FKPs stored during second fast save
> Any SEPXs stored during second fast save
> ...
> Any text, stored during nth fast save
> Any FKPs stored during nth fast save
> Any SEPXs stored during nth fast save

## Format of the Table Stream

Word stores various plcfs and tables with the stream named either "0Table" or "1Table". Ordinarily a file will contain only one table stream. However, in some unusual circumstances (e.g. crash during file save) a file might have two table streams. In that case the bit field fWhichTblStm in the FIB should be used to determine which table stream to read. If fWhichTblStm is 0, then the FIB refers to the stream named "0Table", and if fWhichTblStm is 1, then the FIB refers to the stream name "1Table".

> sttbfUssr
>   Undocumented undo / versioning data
> plcupcRgbuse
>   Undocumented undo / versioning data
> plcupcUsp
>   Undocumented undo / versioning data
> uskf
>   Undocumented undo / versioning data
> stsh (style sheet)
>   Written immediately after the preivous table. This is recorded in all Word documents.
> plcffndRef (footnote reference position table)
>   Written immediately after the stsh if the document contains footnotes
> plcffndTxt (footnote text position table)
>   Written immediately after the plcffndRef if the document contains footnotes
> pgdFtn (footnote text page description table)
>   Written immediately after the plcffndTxt if the document contains footnotes
> bkdFtn (footnote text break descriptor table)
>   Written immediately after the pgdFtn if the document contains footnotes.
> plcfendRef (endnote reference position table)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table if the document contains endnotes
> plcfendTxt (endnote text position table)
>   Written immediately after the plcfendRef if the document contains endnotes
> pgdEdn (endnote text page description table)
>   Written immediately after the plcfendTxt if the document contains endnotes
> bkdEdn (endnote text break descriptor table)
>   Written immediately after the pgdEdn if the document contains endnotes
> plcftxbxTxt (text box link table)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table if the document contains textboxes
> plcftxbxBkd (text box break descriptor table)
>   Written immediately after the plcftxbxTxt if the document contains textboxes
> plcfHdrtxbxTxt (header text box link table)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table if the header subdocument contains textboxes
> plcfHdrtxbxBkd (header text box break descriptor table)
>   Written immediately after the plcfHdrtxbxTxt if the header subdocument contains textboxes.
> grpXstAtnOwners (annotation owner table)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table if the document contains annotations.
> plcfandRef (annotation reference position table)
>   Written immediately after the grpXstAtnOwners if the document contains annotations
> plcfandTxt (annotation text position table)
>   Written immediately after the plcfandRef if the document contains annotations.
> plcfsed (section table)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table. Recorded in all Word documents
> pgdMother (page description table)
>   Written immediately after the plcfsed in all Word documents
> bkdMother (break descriptor table)
>   Written immediately after the pgdMother in all Word documents
> plcfphe (paragraph height table)
>   Written after the previously recorded table, if paragraph heights have been recorded. Only written during a fast save.
> plcfsea (private)
>   PLCF reserved for private use by Word.
> plcflvc (list and outline level table)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table during fast save only.
> plcasumy (AutoSummary analysis)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if the document stored is in AutoSummary view mode.
> sttbGlsy (glossary name string table)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if the document stored is a glossary.
> sttbGlsyStyle (glossary style name string table)
>   Written immediately after sttbGlsy, if the document stored is a glossary.
> plcfglsy (glossary entry text position table)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if the document stored is a glossary.
> plcfhdd (header text position table)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if the document contains headers or footers.
> plcfbteChpx (bin table for CHP FKPs)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table. This is recorded in all Word documents.
> plcfbtePapx (bin table for PAP FKPs)
>   Written immediately after the plcfbteChpx. This is recorded in all Word documents.
> plcfbteLvc (bin table for LVC FKPs)
>   Written immediately after the plcfbtePapx. This is recorded in all Word documents.
> sttbfRMark (revision mark author string table)
>   Written immediately after plcfbteLvc, if the document contains revision marks.
> PlcffldMom (table of field positions and statuses for main document)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table if the main document contains fields.
> PlcffldHdr (table of field positions and statuses for header subdocument)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if the header subdocument contains fields.
> PlcffldFtn (table of field positions and statuses for footnote subdocument)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if the footnote subdocument contains fields.
> PlcffldAtn (table of field positions and statuses for annotation subdocument)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if the annotation subdocument contains fields.
> PlcffldEdn (table of field positions and statuses for endnote subdocument)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if the endnote subdocument contains fields.
> PlcffldTxbx (table of field positions and statuses for textbox subdocument)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if the textbox subdocument contains fields.
> plcOcx (ocx position table)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if the document contains ole controls. Undocumented.
> PlcffldHdrTxbx (table of field positions and statuses for textbox subdocument of header subdocument)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if the textbox subdocument of the header subdocument contains fields.
> dggInfo (office drawing information)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table. Format is described in the Office drawing group format document.
> plcspaMom (office drawing table)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if the document contains office drawings.
> plcspaHdr (header office drawing table)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if the header subdocument contains office drawings.
> sttbfBkmk (table of bookmark name strings)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if the document contains bookmarks.
> plcfBkmkf (table recording beginning CPs of bookmarks)
>   Written immediately after the sttbfBkmk, if the document contains bookmarks.
> plcfBkmkl (table recording limit CPs of bookmarks)
>   Written immediately after the plcfBkmkf, if the document contains bookmarks.
> sttbfAtnBkmk (table of annotation bookmark string names)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if the document contains annotations with bookmarks.
> plcfAtnbkf (table recording beginning CPs of bookmarks in the annotation subdocument)
>   Written immediately after the sttbfAtnBkmk previously recorded table, if the document contains annotations with bookmarks.
> plcfAtnbkl (table recording limit CPs of bookmarks in the annotation subdocument)
>   Written immediately after the plcfAtnbkf previously recorded table, if the document contains anotations with bookmarks.
> plcfspl (spelling state table)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table. Records state of spell checking in a PLCF of SPLS structures.
> plcfgram (grammar state table)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table. Records state of grammar checking in a PLCF of SPLS structures.
> plcfwkb (work book document partition table)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if the document is a master document.
> formFldSttbs (form field dropdown string tables)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if the document contains form field dropdown controls.
> sttbCaption (caption title string table)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if the document contains captions.
> sttbAutoCaption (auto caption string table)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if the document contains auto captions.
> sttbFnm (filename reference string table)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if the document references other documents.
> sttbSavedBy (last saved by string table)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table.
> plcflst (list formats) [ATTENTION: Claim to be a plcf, but is a "short" plf (short count only)! (Werner)]
>   Written immediately after the end of the previously recorded, if there are any lists defined in the document. This begins with a short count of LSTF structures followed by those LSTF structures.
>   This is immediately followed by the allocated data hanging off the LSTFs. This data consists of the array of LVLs for each LSTF. (Each LVL consists of an LVLF followed by two grpprls and an XST.)
> plflfo (more list formats)
>   Written immediately after the end of the plcflst and its accompanying data, if there are any lists defined in the document. This consists first of a PL of LFO records, followed by the allocated data (if any) hanging off the LFOs. The allocated data consists of the array of LFOLVLFs for each LFO (and each LFOLVLF is immediately followed by some LVLs).
> sttbfListNames (more list formats)
>   Written immediately after the end of the plflfo and its accompanying data, if there are any lists defined in the document. This is a string table containg the list names for each list. It is parallel with the plcflst, and may contain null strings if the corresponding LST does not have a list name.
> hplgosl (grammar option settings)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table. This undocumented structure maps LID and grammar checker type to grammar checking options.
> stwUser (macro user storage)
> routeSlip (mailer routing slip)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if this document has a mailer routing slip.
> cmds (recording of command data structures)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if special commands are linked to this document.
> prDrvr (printer driver information)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if a print environment is recorded for the document.
> prEnvPort (print environment in portrait mode)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if a portrait mode print environment is recorded for this document.
> prEnvLand (print environment in landscape mode)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if a landscape mode print environment is recorded for this document.
> wss (window state structure)
>   Written immediately after the end of previously recorded structure, if the document was saved while a window was open.
> pms (print merge state)
>   Written immediately after the previously recorded table, if information about the print / mail merge state is recorded for the document
> clx (encoding of the sprm lists for a complex file and piece table for a any file)
>   Written immediately after the end of previously recorded structure. This is recorded in all Word documents.
> sttbfffn (table of font name strings)
>   Written immediately after the clx. This is recorded in all Word documents. The sttbfffn is an sttbf where each string is instead an FFN structure (note that just as for a pascal-style string, the first byte in the FFN records the total number of bytes not counting the count byte itself). The names of the fonts correspond to the ftc codes in the CHP structure. For example, the first font name listed corresponds is the name for ftc = 0.
> sttbttmbd (true type font embedding string table)
>   Written immediately after the end of previously recorded structure if document contains embedded true type fonts.
> dop (document properties record)
>   Written immediately after the end of previously recorded structure. This is recorded in all Word documents
> sttbfAssoc (table of associated strings)
> autosaveSource (name of original)
>   Written immediately after the sttbfAssoc table. This field only appears in autosave files. These files are normal Word documents in every other way. Also, autosaved files are typically in the complex file format except that we don't overwrite the tables (plcf*, etc.). I.e., an autosaved file is typically longer than the equivalent Word document.

## Format of the Data Stream

> pictures
>   Word picture structures are concatenated one after the other if the document contains pictures.
> embedded objects-native data
>   Word embedded object structures are concatenated one after the other if the document contains embedded objects.
> huge PAPXs
>   The grpprls from PAPXs which are too large to fit in an FKP are concatenated one after the other as necessary.

## FIB

The FIB contains a "magic word" and pointers to the various other parts of the file, as well as information about the length of the file. The FIB starts at the beginning of the file. The FIB is defined in the structure definition section of this document.

## Text

The text of the file starts at fib.fcMin. fib.fcMin is usually set to the next 128 byte boundary after the end of the FIB. The text in a Word document is ASCII text with the following restrictions (ASCII codes given in decimal):\

- Paragraph ends are stored as a single Carriage Return character (ASCII 13). No other occurrences of this character sequence are allowed.
- Hard line breaks which are not paragraph ends are stored as ASCII 11. Other line break or word wrap information is not stored.
- Breaking hyphens are stored as ASCII 45 (normal hyphen code); Non-required hyphens are ASCII 31. Non-breaking hyphens are stored as ASCII 30.
- Non-breaking spaces are stored as 160. Normal spaces are ASCII 32.
- Page breaks and Section marks are ASCII 12 (normal form feed); if there's an entry in the section table, it's a section mark, otherwise it's a page break.
- Column breaks are stored as ASCII 14.
- Tab characters are ASCII 9 (normal).
- The field begin mark which delimits the beginning of a field is ASCII 19. The field end mark which delimits the end of a field is ASCII 21. The field separator ,which marks the boundary between the preceding field code text and following field expansion text within a field, is ASCII 20. The field escape character is the '\' character which also serves as the formula mark.
- The cell mark which delimits the end of a cell in a table row is stored as ASCII 7 and has the fInTable paragraph property set to fTrue (pap.fInTable == 1).
- The row mark which delimits the end of a table row is stored as ASCII 7 and has the fInTable paragraph property and fTtp paragraph property set to fTrue (pap.fInTable == 1 && pap.fTtp == 1).

The following ASCII codes are treated as "special" characters when they have the character property special on (chp.fSpec == 1):

ASCII Code | Special Character
--- | ---
0 | Current page number
1 | Picture
2 | Autonumbered footnote reference.
3 | Footnote separator character
4 | Footnote continuation character
5 | Annotation reference
6 | Line number
7 | Hand Annotation picture (Generated in Pen Windows)
8 | Drawn object
10 | Abbreviated date (e.g. "Wed, Dec 1, 1993")
11 | Time in hours:minutes:seconds
12 | Current section number
14 | Abbreviated day of week (e.g. "Thu" for "Thursday")
15 | Day of week (e.g. "Thursday")
16 | Day short (e.g. "9" for the ninth day of the month)
22 | Hour of current time with no leading zero
23 | Hour of current time (two digit with leading zero when necessary)
24 | Minute of current time with no leading zero
25 | Minute of current time(two digit with leading zero when necessary)
26 | Seconds of current time
27 | AM/PM for current time
28 | Current time in hours:minutes:seconds in old format
29 | Date M (e.g. "December 2, 1993")
30 | Short Date (e.g. "12/2/93")
33 | Short Month (e.g. "12" to represent "December")
34 | Long Year (e.g. "1993")
35 | Short Year (e.g. "93")
36 | Abbreviated month (e.g. "Dec" to represent "December")
37 | Long month (e.g. "December")
38 | Current time in hours:minutes (e.g. "2:01")
39 | Long date (e.g. "Thursday, December 2, 1993")
41 | Print Merge Helper field

#### Note

The end of a section is also the end of a paragraph. The last character of a section is a section mark which stands in place of the paragraph mark normally required to end a paragraph. An exception is made for the last character of a document which is always a paragraph mark although the end of a document is always an implicit end of section.

If !fib.fComplex, the document text stream is represented by the text beginning at fib.fcMin up to (but not including) fib.fcMac. Otherwise, the document is represented by the piece table stored in the file in the data beginning at .fib.fcClx.

The document text stream includes text that is part of the main document, plus any text that exists for the footnote, header, macro, or annotation subdocuments. The sizes of the main document and the header, footnote, macro and annotation subdocuments are stored in the fib, in variables fib.ccpText, fib.ccpFtn, fib.ccpHdr, fib.ccpMcr, fib.ccpEdn, fib.ccpTxbx, fib.ccpHdrTxbox and fib.ccpAtn respectively. In a non-complex file, this means that the text of the main document begins at fib.fcMin in the file and continues through fib.fcMin + fib.ccpText; that the text of the footnote subdocument begins at fib.fcMin + fib.ccpText and extends to fib.fcMin + fib.ccpText + fib.ccpFtn; that the text of the header subdocument begins at fib.fcMin + fib.ccpText + fib.ccpFtn and extends to fib.fcMin + fib.ccpText + fib.ccpFtn + fib.ccpHdr; that the text of the annotation subdocument begins at .fib.fcMin + fib.ccpText + fib.ccpFtn + fib.ccpHdr and extends to fib.fcMin + fib.ccpText + fib.ccpFtn + fib.ccpHdr + ccpAtn; that the text of the endnote subdocument begins at .fib.fcMin + fib.ccpText + fib.ccpFtn + fib.ccpHdr +ccpAtn and extends to fib.fcMin + fib.ccpText + fib.ccpFtn + fib.ccpHdr + fib.ccpEdn; that the text of the textbox subdocument begins at .fib.fcMin + fib.ccpText + fib.ccpFtn + fib.ccpHdr +fib.ccpAtn + fib.ccpEdn and extends to fib.fcMin + fib.ccpText + fib.ccpFtn + fib.ccpHdr + fib.ccpEdn + fib.ccpTxbx and that the text of the header textbox subdocument begins at .fib.fcMin + fib.ccpText + fib.ccpFtn + fib.ccpHdr +fib.ccpAtn + fib.ccpEdn + fib.ccpTxbx and extends to fib.fcMin + fib.ccpText + fib.ccpFtn + fib.ccpHdr + fib.ccpEdn + fib.ccpTxbx + fib.ccpHdrTxbx.

In a complex, fast-saved file, the main document text must be located by examining the piece table entries from the 0th piece table entry through the piece table entry that describes cp = fib.ccpText.

A footnote subdocument's text must be located by examining the piece table entries beginning with the one that describes cp=fib.ccpText through the entry that describes cp = fib.ccpText + fib.ccpFtn.

A header subdocument's text must be located by examining the piece table entries beginning with the one that describes cp=fib.ccpText + ccpFtn through the entry that describes cp = fib.ccpText +fib.ccpFtn + fib.ccpHdr.

An annotation subdocument's text must be located by examining the piece table entries beginning with the one that describes cp=fib.ccpText + ccpFtn + fib.ccpHdr through the entry that describes cp = fib.ccpText +fib.ccpFtn + fib.ccpHdr +fib.ccpAtn.

An endnote subdocument's text must be located by examining the piece table entries beginning with the one that describes cp=fib.ccpText + ccpFtn + fib.ccpHdr + fib.ccpAtn through the entry that describes cp = fib.ccpText +fib.ccpFtn + fib.ccpHdr +fib.ccpAtn.+ fib.ccpEdn

A textbox subdocument's text must be located by examining the piece table entries beginning with the one that describes cp=fib.ccpText + ccpFtn + fib.ccpHdr + fib.ccpAtn + fib.ccpEdn through the entry that describes cp = fib.ccpText +fib.ccpFtn + fib.ccpHdr +fib.ccpAtn.+ fib.ccpEdn + fib.ccpTxbx

A header textbox subdocument's text must be located by examining the piece table entries beginning with the one that describes cp=fib.ccpText + ccpFtn + fib.ccpHdr + fib.ccpAtn + fib.ccpEdn + fib.ccpTxbx through the entry that describes cp = fib.ccpText +fib.ccpFtn + fib.ccpHdr +fib.ccpAtn.+ fib.ccpEdn + fib.ccpTxbx+ fib.ccpHdrTxbx

## Character and Paragraph Formatting Properties

Character and paragraph properties in Word documents are stored in a compressed format. The information that is stored on disk is not the actual properties of a particular sequence of text but the difference of the properties of a sequence from some reference property.

The PAP is a data structure that holds uncompressed paragraph property information; the CHP (pronounced like "chip") is a structure that holds uncompressed character property information. Each paragraph in a Word document inherits a default set of paragraph and character properties from one of the paragraph styles recorded in the style sheet data structure (STSH).

A particular PAP is converted into its compressed form, the PAPX, by first comparing the pap for a paragraph with the pap stored in the style sheet for the paragraph's style. Any properties in the paragraph's PAP that are different from those stored in the style sheet PAP are encoded as a list of sprms (grpprl). sprms express how the content of the style sheet PAP should be transformed to create the properties for the paragraph. A PAPX is a variable-length data structure that begins with a count of words that encodes the PAPX length. It contains a istd (index to style descriptor) which specifies which style entry in the style sheet contains the default paragraph and character properties for the paragraph, paragraph height information, and the list of difference sprms. If the only difference between the paragraph's PAP and the style's PAP were in the justification code field, which is one byte long, one two-byte sprm, sprmPJc, would be generated to express that difference; thus the total PAPX size would be 5 bytes. This is better than 54-1 compression since the total size of a PAP is 274 bytes.

To convert a CHP for a sequence of characters contained within a single paragraph into its compressed form, the CHPX, it's first necessary to know the paragraph style that is assigned to the paragraph containing those characters and any character style that may be tagging the character run. The character properties inherited from the paragraph style are moved into a buffer. If the chp.istd of the chp to be compressed is not istdNormalChar, the changes recorded for that character style are applied to buffer. Then the character properties of the character sequence are compared with the character properties generated using the paragraph's style and the run's character style. Any properties in the paragraph's CHP that are different from those stored in the generated CHP are encoded as a list of sprms (grpprl). The sprms express how the content of the CHP generated from the paragraph and character styles should be transformed to create the character properties for the text run. A CHPX is a variable-length data structure that begins with a count of words that encodes the CHPX length followed by the list of difference sprms.

If one of the bit fields in the CHP to be compressed such as fBold is different from the reference CHP, you would build a difference sprm using sprmCFBold in the first byte and the bytes pattern 0x81 in the second byte which signifies that the value of the bit in the CHP to be compressed is of opposite value from the value stored in the reference CHP. If there was no difference, sprmCFBold would not be recorded in the grrprl to be generated. If there were difference in a field larger than a single bit such as the chp.hps, a sprmCHps would be generated to record the value of chp.hps in the chp to be compressed. If the chp.hps were equal in both the chp to be compressed and the reference CHP, sprmCHps would not be recorded in the grrprl that is generated. If a sequence of characters has the same character properties and the sequence spans more than one paragraph, it's necessary to examine each paragraph's properties and to generate a different CHPX every time there is a change of style.

In Word documents, the fundamental unit of text for which character exception information is kept is the run of exception text, a contiguous sequence of characters stored on disk that all have the same exception properties with respect to their underlying style character properties. Each run would have an entry recorded in a CHPX FKP. If a user never changed the character properties inherited from the styles used in his document and did a complete save of his document, although each of those styles may have different properties, the entire document stream would be one large run of exception text and one CHPX would suffice to describe the character properties of the entire document.

The fundamental unit of text for which paragraph properties are recorded is the paragraph. Every paragraph has an entry recorded in a PAPX FKP.

The CHPX FKP and the PAPX FKP have similar physical structures. An FKP is a 512-byte data structure that is stored in one page of a Word file. At offset 511 is a 1-byte count named crun, which is a count of runs of exception text for CHPX FKPs and which is a count of paragraphs in PAPX FKPs. Beginning at offset 0 of the FKP is an array of crun+1 FCs, named rgfc, which records the beginning and limit FCs of crun runs of exception text or paragraphs.

For CHPX FKPs, immediately following fkp.rgfc is a byte array of crun word offsets to CHPXs from the beginning of the FKP. This byte array, named rgb, is in 1-to-1 correspondence with the rgfc. The ith rgb gives the word offset of the exception property that belongs to the run\paragraph whose beginning in FC space is rgfc[i] and whose limit is rgfc[i+1] in FC space.

For PAPX FKPSs, immediately following the fkp.rgfc is an array of 13 byte entries called BXs. This array called the rgbx is in 1-to-1 correspondence with the rgfc. The first byte of the ith BX entry contains a single byte field which gives the word offset of the PAPX that belongs to the paragraph whose beginning in FC space is rgfc[i] and whose limit is rgfc[i+1] in FC space. The last 12 bytes of the ith BX entry contain a PHE structure that stores the current paragraph height of the paragraph whose beginning in FC space is rgfc[i] and whose limit is rgfc[i+1] in FC space.

The fact that the offset to property stored in the rgb or rgbx is a word offset implies that CHPXs and PAPXs are stored in FKPs beginning on word boundaries. Since the values stored in the rgb/rgbx allow random access throughout the FKP, space within an FKP can be conserved by storing the offset of the same physical CHPX/PAPX in rgb/rgbx entries when several runs or paragraphs in the FKP have the same properties. Word uses this optimization.

An rgb or rgbx[].b value of 0 is used in another optimization. When a rgb or rgbx[].b value of 0 is stored in an FKP, it means that instead of referring to a particular CHPX/PAPX in the FKP the 0 value is a signal that the reader should construct for itself a commonly encountered predefined set of properties.

For CHPX FKPs a 0 rgb value means that the properties of the run of text were exactly equal to the character properties inherited from the style of the paragraph it was in. For PAPX FKPs, a 0 rgbx[].b value means that the paragraph's properties were exactly equal to the paragraph properties of the Normal style (stc == 0) and the paragraph contained 1 line of 240 pixels, with a column width of 7980 dxas.

When new entries are added to an FKP, there must be unallocated space in the middle of the FKP equal to 5 bytes for CHPXs (size of an FC plus size of one-byte word offset) or 11 bytes for PAPXs (size of an FC plus the size of a seven byte BX entry), plus the size of the new CHPX or PAPX if the property being added is not already recorded in the FKP and is not the property coded with a 0 rgb/rgbx[].b value. To add a new property in a CHPX FKP, existing rgb entries are moved four bytes to the right in the FKP. . To add a new property in a PAPX FKP, existing rgbx entries are moved four bytes to the right in the FKP. The new FC is added at the end of the rgfc. The new CHPX or PAPX is recorded on a 2-byte boundary before the previously recorded properties stored at the end of the block. The word offset of the beginning of the CHPX or PAPX is stored as the last entry of the relocated rgb/rgbx[].b, and finally, the crun stored at offset 511 is incremented. In Word '97, PAPXs can be generated which are too large to fit in an FKP. In such a case, the grpprl of the PAPX is written to the data stream and a PAPX is stored in an FKP with that grpprl replaced by a sprmPHugePapx.

## Bin Tables

A bin table (plcfbte) partitions the total extent of the Word file that contains text characters into a set of contiguous intervals marked by a fcFirst and an fcLim. The fcFirst for the nth interval would be plcfbte.rgfc[n] and the fcLim for the nth interval would be plcfbte.rgfc[n+1]. Associated with each interval is a BTE. A BTE holds a four-byte PN (page number) which identifies the FKP page in the file which contains the formatting information for that interval. A CHPX FKP further partitions an interval into runs of exception text. A PAPX FKP in a non-complex, full-saved file, partitions the text within intervals into paragraphs. If a file is in complex format (has been fast-saved), the PAPX FKP only records the FCs within the text that are preceded by a paragraph mark. Even though a sequence of text may be physically located between two paragraph end marks, it may reside in a paragraph different from the one defined by the following paragraph end mark, because the text may have been moved by the user into a different paragraph. In the logical text stream represented by the document's piece table, the paragraph mark that follows the moved text is stored in a non-adjacent physical location in the file.

## Stylesheet

A stylesheet is a collection of styles. In Word, each document has its own stylesheet.

A style is a set of formatting information collected together and given a name. Word 6.0 supports paragraph and character styles, previous versions supported only paragraph styles. Character styles have just character formatting, paragraph styles have both character and paragraph formatting. The style sheet establishes a correspondence between a style code and a style definition.

Note that the storage and behavior of styles has changed radically since Word 2 for Windows, beginning with nFib 63. Some of the differences are:

- Character styles are supported.
- The style code is called an istd, rather than an stc.
- The istd is a short, where the stc was a byte.
- The range of the istd is 0-4095, where 4095 is the null style. The range of the stc was 0-256, with 222 as the null style.
- PAPX's have a short istd at the beginning, rather than a byte stc.
- CHPX's are a grpprl, not a CHP.
- Many other changes...

This document describes only the final Word 6.0 version of the stylesheet, not the Word 2.x version.

The styles for a document (both paragraph and character styles) are stored in an array in each document. When new styles are created, they are added to the end of the array. The array can have unused slots. Some slots at the beginning of the array are reserved for specific styles, whether they have been created yet or not. Paragraph and character styles are stored in the same array. Each document has a separate array, so the same style will usually have a different istd in two different documents. Thus style matching between documents must be done by name (or by sti if the styles are built-in.)

Styles are usually referred to using an istd. The istd is an index into an array of STD's (STyle Descriptions). A (doc, istd) pair uniquely identifies a style because it tells which style in which array.

Parts of a style (for more information, see the STD structure below):

- sti: A style identifier. Built-in styles have an sti that indicates which built-in style they are. User-defined styles all have stiUser.
- sgc: The type of style, either paragraph or character.
- istdBase: The style that this style is based on.
- istdNext: The style that should be applied after this one.
- stzName: The name of a style, unique within its stylesheet.
- UPX: The difference between this style and the one it is based on.
- UPE: The properties of this style (a PAP, CHP, and/or grpprl).

Every paragraph has a paragraph style. Every character has a character style. The default paragraph style is Normal (stiNormal, istdNormal). The default character style is Default Paragraph Font (stiNormalChar, istdNormalChar).

The formatting of a paragraph (the PAP) and a character (the CHP) depend on the paragraph and character styles applied to them, as well as any additional formatting stored in the FKPs. The PAP and CHP are constructed in a layered fashion:

For a PAP:

- An initial PAP is determined by getting the PAP from the paragraph's style.
- Any paragraph formatting stored in the file (the FKP papx's) is then applied to that PAP.

For a CHP:

- An initial CHP is determined by getting the CHP from the paragraph's style.
- Properties from the character's style (the UPX.chpx.grpprl) are then applied to that CHP.
- Any character formatting stored in the file (the FKP chpx's) is the applied to that CHP.

Note that the resulting PAP and CHP have fields that indicate what style was applied: PAP.istd, CHP.istd.

Stylesheet File Format

The style sheet (STSH) is stored in the file in two parts, a STSHI and then an array of STDs. The STSHI contains general information about the following stylesheet, including how many styles are in it. After the STSHI, each style is written as an STD. Both the STSHI and each STD are preceded by a ushort that indicates their length.

Field | Size | Comment
cbStshi | 2 bytes | size of the following STSHI structure
STSHI | (cbStshi) | Stylesheet Information
Then for each style in the stylesheet (stshi.cstd), the following is stored:
cbStd | 2 bytes | size of the following STD structure
STD | (cbStd) | the style description

x

## List Tables

Word 97 stores its paragraph numbering information very differently from Word 6.0. In Word 6.0, all information for a paragraph was stored in that paragraph's pap.anld. In Word 97, the pap only contains two values: a short ilfo and a byte ilvl, which indicate which list the paragraph belongs to and which level of that list it should be, respectively. The ilfo is actually an index into one of the the document's list tables: the pllfo, and the paragraph gets most of its information about appearance from the list tables.

There are three list tables in a word document: the rglst, the hpllfo, and the hsttbListNames. They will be described below in greater detail, and the precise formats of several of these structures (the LSTF, LVLF, LFO, and LFOLVL) are listed in the appendix.

### LST records and the rglst

The LST structure is where most of the list appearance data is stored. An LST consists of two main parts: (1) an LSTF, which is stored on disk and contains formatting properties which apply to the entire list, such as whether the list is simple or multilevel, the list's unique list index and template code, the istd's (see Stylesheet above) of the styles (if any) that each level in the list is linked to, and a number of Word 6 compatilibity option; (2) an array of LVL structures, which describe the appearance of each individual level in the LST.

A LVL structure contains two parts to it: (1) an LVLF, which stores all static data such as the start-at value for the list level, the numbering type (arabic or roman), the alignment (left, right or centered) of the number, and several Word 6.0 compatibility options; and (2) a set of pointers to variable length data: (a) a grpprlChpx, which gives character formatting to the paragraph number text itself, (b) a grpprlPapx, which gives paragraph formatting to the paragraph containing the number, such as indenting and tab information, and (c) the number text itself.

Word writes out the rglst as the plcflst by writing out, first, a short integer containing the number of LST structures to be written. It then enumerates through the rglst, writing out each LSTF structure. It then enumerates through the rglst again, deciding, for each LST, whether it has one level (LSTF.fSimpleList) or nine levels (!LSTF.fSimpleList). It then writes the appropriate number of LVL structures as described below.

When Word writes out an LVL structure, it first writes out the LVLF, followed by the grpprlPapx (of LVLF.cbGrpprlPapx bytes in length), followed by the grpprlChpx (of length LVLF.cbGrpprlChpx), and an XCHAR string with the number text, preceded by an XCHAR containing the string's length.

### List Names and the sttbListNames

The string table containing the List Names is by far the least significant of the three list tables. Most lists do not have names, and the names are only useful to users of the macro language. If this list has a name, however, it will be in this table: the table is a parallel array with the rglst above, and will contain an empty string for any list which does not have a list name.

### LFO records and the pllfo

The LFO structure serves primarily as a level of indirection between the paragraph and the LST, but also can be used to override certain features of the list formats (LFO stands for List Format Override). An LFO consists of two main parts: (1) the List ID of the list (LST record) to which this LFO belongs, and an array of overrides to the formatting in that LST. For the vast majority of LFOs, there are no overrides, but if there are any, they reside in an array of LFOLVL structures -- one LFOLVL per level of the LST to be overridden. An LFOLVL contains a set of flags to indicate whether just the start-at value of the LST is overridden, or whether just the formatting is overrridden, or both, as well as either a start-at value or a pointer to a LVL record, depending upon the values of the flags. Note that if the LFOLVL says the start-at value should be overridden, what that means is that the FIRST paragraph in the document with this LFO should have a number equal exactly to that start-at value, but any subsequent paragraphs should just follow the previous paragraph in the sequence. Also, if LFOLVL.fFormatting and LFOLVL.fStartAt are both true (rare) then LFOLVL.iStartAt should be ignored in favor of the iStartAt value from the corresponding LVL.

Word writes out the pllfo first by writing out a PL of LFO structures. It then enumerates through each LFO to figure out how many LFOLVLs each one has (LFO.clfolvl), and writes out, in order, each LFOLVL structure followed by its corresponding LVL structure (if LFOLVL.fFormatting is set).

### Paragraph List Formatting

Given a paragraph and its corresponding PAP, the following process must be followed to find out the paragraph's list information:

- Using the pap.ilfo, look up the LFO record in the pllfo with that (1-based) index.
- Using the LFO, and the pap.ilvl, check to see if there are any overrides for this particular level. If so, and if the override pertains to both formatting and start-at value, use the LVL record from the correct LFOLVL in the LFO, and skip to step 5.
- If the override does not pertain to either formatting or start-at value, we must look up the LST for this list. Using the LFO's List ID, search the rglst for the LST with that List ID.
- Now, take from this LST any information (formatting or start-at value) we still need after consulting the LFO.
- Once we've got the correct LVL record, apply the lvl.grpprlPapx to the PAP. It may adjust the indents and tab settings for the paragraph.
- Use the other information in the LVL, such as the start at, number text, and grpprlChpx, to determine the appearance of the actual paragraph number text.

## SPRM Definitions

A sprm is an instruction to modify one or more properties within one of the property defining data structures (CHP, PAP, TAP, SEP, or PIC). A sprm is a two-byte opcode at offset 0 which identifies the operation to be performed. If necessary information for the operation can always be expressed with a fixed length parameter, the fixed length parameter is recorded immediately after the opcode beginning at offset 2. The length of a fixed length sprm is always 2 plus the size of the sprm's parameter. If the parameter for the sprm is variable length, the count of bytes of the following parameter is stored in the byte at offset 2, followed by the parameter at offset 3.

Three sprms -- sprmPChgTabs , sprmTDefTable, and sprmTDefTable10 -- can be longer than 256 bytes. The method for calculating the length of sprmPChgTabs is recorded below with the description of the sprm. For sprmTDefTable and sprmTDefTable10, the length of the parameter plus 1 is recorded in the two bytes beginning at offset 2.

For all other variable length sprms, the total length of the sprm is the count recorded at offset 2 plus three (2 for the sprm + 1 for the count byte). The parameter immediately follows the count.

The sprm value encodes information on the size of the operand, the type of sprm (PAP, CHP, etc), and whether the sprm requires special handling (in cases where a property value isn't simply replaced).

Sprm bits (0 = low) | Value | Details
0-8 | ispmd | unique identifier within sgc group
9 | fSpec | sprm requires special handling
10-12 | sgc | sprm group; type of sprm (PAP, CHP, etc)
13-15 | spra | size of sprm argument (see following table for values)

sgc value | type of sprm
1 | PAP
2 | CHP
3 | PIC
4 | SEP
5 | TAP

spra value | operand size
0 | 1 byte (operand affects 1 bit)
1 | 1 byte
2 | 2 bytes
3 | 4 bytes
4 | 2 bytes
5 | 2 bytes
6 | variable length -- following byte is size of operand
7 | 3 bytes

When parsing a grpprl, you can use the sprm's spra value to determine how many bytes are used by that sprm; it also enables you to skip over sprms you don't handle.

Unless otherwise noted, when a sprm is applied to a property the sprm's parameter changes the old value of the property in question to the value stored in the sprm parameter.

Name | sprm | Property Modified | Parameter | Parameter size
sprmPIstd | 0x4600 | pap.istd | istd (style code) | S16
sprmPIstdPermute | 0xC601 | pap.istd | permutation vector (see below) | variable length
sprmPIncLvl | 0x2602 | pap.istd, pap.lvl | difference between istd of base PAP and istd of PAP to be produced (see below) | S8
sprmPJc | 0x2403 | pap.jc | jc (justification) | S8
sprmPFSideBySide | 0x2404 | pap.fSideBySide | 0 or 1 | S8
sprmPFKeep | 0x2405 | pap.fKeep | 0 or 1 | S8
sprmPFKeepFollow | 0x2406 | pap.fKeepFollow | 0 or 1 | S8
sprmPFPageBreakBefore | 0x2407 | pap.fPageBreakBefore | 0 or 1 | S8
sprmPBrcl | 0x2408 | pap.brcl | brcl | S8
sprmPBrcp | 0x2409 | pap.brcp | brcp | S8
sprmPIlvl | 0x260A | pap.ilvl | ilvl | S8
sprmPIlfo | 0x460B | pap.ilfo | ilfo (list index) | S16
sprmPFNoLineNumb | 0x240C | pap.fNoLnn | 0 or 1 | S8
sprmPChgTabsPapx | 0xC60D | pap.itbdMac, pap.rgdxaTab, pap.rgtbd | complex - see below | variable length
sprmPDxaRight | 0x840E | pap.dxaRight | dxa | S16
sprmPDxaLeft | 0x840F | pap.dxaLeft | dxa | S16
sprmPNest | 0x4610 | pap.dxaLeft | dxa-see below | S16
sprmPDxaLeft1 | 0x8411 | pap.dxaLeft1 | dxa | S16
sprmPDyaLine | 0x6412 | pap.lspd | an LSPD, a long word structure consisting of a short of dyaLine followed by a short of fMultLinespace - see below | S32
sprmPDyaBefore | 0xA413 | pap.dyaBefore | dya | S16
sprmPDyaAfter | 0xA414 | pap.dyaAfter | dya | S16
sprmPChgTabs | 0xC615 | pap.itbdMac, pap.rgdxaTab, pap.rgtbd | complex - see below | variable length
sprmPFInTable | 0x2416 | pap.fInTable | 0 or 1 | S8
sprmPFTtp | 0x2417 | pap.fTtp | 0 or 1 | S8
sprmPDxaAbs | 0x8418 | pap.dxaAbs | dxa | S16
sprmPDyaAbs | 0x8419 | pap.dyaAbs | dya | S16
sprmPDxaWidth | 0x841A | pap.dxaWidth | dxa | S16
sprmPPc | 0x261B | pap.pcHorz, pap.pcVert | complex - see below | S8
sprmPBrcTop10 | 0x461C | pap.brcTop | BRC10 | S16
sprmPBrcLeft10 | 0x461D | pap.brcLeft | BRC10 | S16
sprmPBrcBottom10 | 0x461E | pap.brcBottom | BRC10 | S16
sprmPBrcRight10 | 0x461F | pap.brcRight | BRC10 | S16
sprmPBrcBetween10 | 0x4620 | pap.brcBetween | BRC10 | S16
sprmPBrcBar10 | 0x4621 | pap.brcBar | BRC10 | S16
sprmPDxaFromText10 | 0x4622 | pap.dxaFromText | dxa | S16
sprmPWr | 0x2423 | pap.wr | wr (see description of PAP for definition | S8
sprmPBrcTop | 0x6424 | pap.brcTop | BRC | S32
sprmPBrcLeft | 0x6425 | pap.brcLeft | BRC | S32
sprmPBrcBottom | 0x6426 | pap.brcBottom | BRC | S32
sprmPBrcRight | 0x6427 | pap.brcRight | BRC | S32
sprmPBrcBetween | 0x6428 | pap.brcBetween | BRC | S32
sprmPBrcBar | 0x6629 | pap.brcBar | BRC | S32
sprmPFNoAutoHyph | 0x242A | pap.fNoAutoHyph | 0 or 1 | S8
sprmPWHeightAbs | 0x442B | pap.wHeightAbs | w | S16
sprmPDcs | 0x442C | pap.dcs | DCS | S16
sprmPShd | 0x442D | pap.shd | SHD | S16
sprmPDyaFromText | 0x842E | pap.dyaFromText | dya | S16
sprmPDxaFromText | 0x842F | pap.dxaFromText | dxa | S16
sprmPFLocked | 0x2430 | pap.fLocked | 0 or 1 | S8
sprmPFWidowControl | 0x2431 | pap.fWidowControl | 0 or 1 | S8
sprmPRuler | 0xC632 |  |  | variable length
sprmPFKinsoku | 0x2433 | pap.fKinsoku | 0 or 1 | S8
sprmPFWordWrap | 0x2434 | pap.fWordWrap | 0 or 1 | S8
sprmPFOverflowPunct | 0x2435 | pap.fOverflowPunct | 0 or 1 | S8
sprmPFTopLinePunct | 0x2436 | pap.fTopLinePunct | 0 or 1 | S8
sprmPFAutoSpaceDE | 0x2437 | pap.fAutoSpaceDE | 0 or 1 | S8
sprmPFAutoSpaceDN | 0x2438 | pap.fAutoSpaceDN | 0 or 1 | S8
sprmPWAlignFont | 0x4439 | pap.wAlignFont | iFa (see description of PAP for definition) | S16
sprmPFrameTextFlow | 0x443A | pap.fVertical pap.fBackward pap.fRotateFont | complex (see description of PAP for definition) | S16
sprmPISnapBaseLine | 0x243B | obsolete: not applicable in Word97 and later versions |  | S8
sprmPAnld | 0xC63E | pap.anld |  | variable length
sprmPPropRMark | 0xC63F | pap.fPropRMark | complex (see below) | variable length
sprmPOutLvl | 0x2640 | pap.lvl | has no effect if pap.istd is < 1 or is > 9 | S8
sprmPFBiDi | 0x2441 |  |  | S8
sprmPFNumRMIns | 0x2443 | pap.fNumRMIns | 1 or 0 | bit
sprmPCrLf | 0x2444 |  |  | S8
sprmPNumRM | 0xC645 | pap.numrm |  | variable length
sprmPHugePapx | 0x6645 | see below | fc in the data stream to locate the huge grpprl (see below) | S32
sprmPFUsePgsuSettings | 0x2447 | pap.fUsePgsuSettings | 1 or 0 | S8
sprmPFAdjustRight | 0x2448 | pap.fAdjustRight | 1 or 0 | S8
sprmCFRMarkDel | 0x0800 | chp.fRMarkDel | 1 or 0 | bit
sprmCFRMark | 0x0801 | chp.fRMark | 1 or 0 | bit
sprmCFFldVanish | 0x0802 | chp.fFldVanish | 1 or 0 | bit
sprmCPicLocation | 0x6A03 | chp.fcPic and chp.fSpec | see below | variable length, length recorded is always 4
sprmCIbstRMark | 0x4804 | chp.ibstRMark | index into sttbRMark | S16
sprmCDttmRMark | 0x6805 | chp.dttmRMark | DTTM | S32
sprmCFData | 0x0806 | chp.fData | 1 or 0 | bit
sprmCIdslRMark | 0x4807 | chp.idslRMReason | an index to a table of strings defined in Word 6.0 executables | S16
sprmCChs | 0xEA08 | chp.fChsDiff and chp.chse | see below | 3 bytes
sprmCSymbol | 0x6A09 | chp.fSpec, chp.xchSym and chp.ftcSym | see below | variable length, length recorded is always 4
sprmCFOle2 | 0x080A | chp.fOle2 | 1 or 0 | bit
sprmCIdCharType | 0x480B | obsolete: not applicable in Word97 and later versions |  |
sprmCHighlight | 0x2A0C | chp.fHighlight, chp.icoHighlight | ico (fHighlight is set to 1 iff ico is not 0) | S8
sprmCObjLocation | 0x680E | chp.fcObj | FC | S32
sprmCFFtcAsciSymb | 0x2A10 |  |  |
sprmCIstd | 0x4A30 | chp.istd | istd, see stylesheet definition | S16
sprmCIstdPermute | 0xCA31 | chp.istd | permutation vector (see below) | variable length
sprmCDefault | 0x2A32 | whole CHP (see below) | none | variable length
sprmCPlain | 0x2A33 | whole CHP (see below) | none | 0
sprmCKcd | 0x2A34 |  |  |
sprmCFBold | 0x0835 | chp.fBold | 0,1, 128, or 129 (see below) | S8
sprmCFItalic | 0x0836 | chp.fItalic | 0,1, 128, or 129 (see below) | S8
sprmCFStrike | 0x0837 | chp.fStrike | 0,1, 128, or 129 (see below) | S8
sprmCFOutline | 0x0838 | chp.fOutline | 0,1, 128, or 129 (see below) | S8
sprmCFShadow | 0x0839 | chp.fShadow | 0,1, 128, or 129 (see below) | S8
sprmCFSmallCaps | 0x083A | chp.fSmallCaps | 0,1, 128, or 129 (see below) | S8
sprmCFCaps | 0x083B | chp.fCaps | 0,1, 128, or 129 (see below) | S8
sprmCFVanish | 0x083C | chp.fVanish | 0,1, 128, or 129 (see below) | S8
sprmCFtcDefault | 0x4A3D |  | ftc, only used internally, never stored in file | S16
sprmCKul | 0x2A3E | chp.kul | kul | S8
sprmCSizePos | 0xEA3F | chp.hps, chp.hpsPos | (see below) | 3 bytes
sprmCDxaSpace | 0x8840 | chp.dxaSpace | dxa | S16
sprmCLid | 0x4A41 |  | only used internally never stored | S16
sprmCIco | 0x2A42 | chp.ico | ico | S8
sprmCHps | 0x4A43 | chp.hps | hps | S8
sprmCHpsInc | 0x2A44 | chp.hps | (see below) | S8
sprmCHpsPos | 0x4845 | chp.hpsPos | hps | S8
sprmCHpsPosAdj | 0x2A46 | chp.hpsPos | hps (see below) | S8
sprmCMajority | 0xCA47 | chp.fBold, chp.fItalic, chp.fSmallCaps, chp.fVanish, chp.fStrike, chp.fCaps, chp.rgftc, chp.hps, chp.hpsPos, chp.kul, chp.dxaSpace, chp.ico, chp.rglid | complex (see below) | variable length, length byte plus size of following grpprl
sprmCIss | 0x2A48 | chp.iss | iss | S8
sprmCHpsNew50 | 0xCA49 | chp.hps | hps | variable width, length always recorded as 2
sprmCHpsInc1 | 0xCA4A | chp.hps | complex (see below) | variable width, length always recorded as 2
sprmCHpsKern | 0x484B | chp.hpsKern | hps | S16
sprmCMajority50 | 0xCA4C | chp.fBold, chp.fItalic, chp.fSmallCaps, chp.fVanish, chp.fStrike, chp.fCaps, chp.ftc, chp.hps, chp.hpsPos, chp.kul, chp.dxaSpace, chp.ico, | complex (see below) | variable length
sprmCHpsMul | 0x4A4D | chp.hps | percentage to grow hps | S16
sprmCYsri | 0x484E | chp.ysri | ysri | S16
sprmCRgFtc0 | 0x4A4F | chp.rgftc[0] | ftc for ASCII text (see below) | S16
sprmCRgFtc1 | 0x4A50 | chp.rgftc[1] | ftc for Far East text (see below) | S16
sprmCRgFtc2 | 0x4A51 | chp.rgftc[2] | ftc for non-Far East text (see below) | S16
sprmCCharScale | 0x4852 |  |  |
sprmCFDStrike | 0x2A53 | chp.fDStrike |  | S8
sprmCFImprint | 0x0854 | chp.fImprint | 1 or 0 [or 128/129 like CFBold and so on] | bit
sprmCFSpec | 0x0855 | chp.fSpec | 1 or 0 | bit
sprmCFObj | 0x0856 | chp.fObj | 1 or 0 | bit
sprmCPropRMark | 0xCA57 | chp.fPropRMark, chp.ibstPropRMark, chp.dttmPropRMark | Complex (see below) | variable length always recorded as 7 bytes
sprmCFEmboss | 0x0858 | chp.fEmboss | 1 or 0 [or 128/129 like CFBold and so on] | bit
sprmCSfxText | 0x2859 | chp.sfxtText | text animation | S8
sprmCFBiDi | 0x085A |  |  |
sprmCFDiacColor | 0x085B |  |  |
sprmCFBoldBi | 0x085C |  |  |
sprmCFItalicBi | 0x085D |  |  |
sprmCFtcBi | 0x4A5E |  |  |
sprmCLidBi | 0x485F |  |  |
sprmCIcoBi | 0x4A60 |  |  |
sprmCHpsBi | 0x4A61 |  |  |
sprmCDispFldRMark | 0xCA62 | chp.fDispFldRMark, chp.ibstDispFldRMark, chp.dttmDispFldRMark | Complex (see below) | variable length always recorded as 39 bytes
sprmCIbstRMarkDel | 0x4863 | chp.ibstRMarkDel | index into sttbRMark | S16
sprmCDttmRMarkDel | 0x6864 | chp.dttmRMarkDel | DTTM | S32
sprmCBrc | 0x6865 | chp.brc | BRC | S32
sprmCShd | 0x4866 | chp.shd | SHD | S16
sprmCIdslRMarkDel | 0x4867 | chp.idslRMReasonDel | an index to a table of strings defined in Word 6.0 executables | S16
sprmCFUsePgsuSettings | 0x0868 | chp.fUsePgsuSettings | 1 or 0 | bit
sprmCCpg | 0x486B |  |  | S16
sprmCRgLid0 | 0x486D | chp.rglid[0] | LID: for non-Far East text | S16
sprmCRgLid1 | 0x486E | chp.rglid[1] | LID: for Far East text | S16
sprmCIdctHint | 0x286F | chp.idctHint | IDCT: (see below) | S8
sprmPicBrcl | 0x2E00 | pic.brcl | brcl (see PIC structure definition) | S8
sprmPicScale | 0xCE01 | pic.mx, pic.my, pic.dxaCropleft, pic.dyaCropTop pic.dxaCropRight, pic.dyaCropBottom | Complex (see below) | length byte plus 12 bytes
sprmPicBrcTop | 0x6C02 | pic.brcTop | BRC | S32
sprmPicBrcLeft | 0x6C03 | pic.brcLeft | BRC | S32
sprmPicBrcBottom | 0x6C04 | pic.brcBottom | BRC | S32
sprmPicBrcRight | 0x6C05 | pic.brcRight | BRC | S32
sprmScnsPgn | 0x3000 | sep.cnsPgn | cns | S8
sprmSiHeadingPgn | 0x3001 | sep.iHeadingPgn | heading number level | S8
sprmSOlstAnm | 0xD202 | sep.olstAnm | OLST | variable length
sprmSDxaColWidth | 0xF203 | sep.rgdxaColWidthSpacing | complex (see below) | 3 bytes
sprmSDxaColSpacing | 0xF204 | sep.rgdxaColWidthSpacing | complex (see below) | 3 bytes
sprmSFEvenlySpaced | 0x3005 | sep.fEvenlySpaced | 1 or 0 | S8
sprmSFProtected | 0x3006 | sep.fUnlocked | 1 or 0 | S8
sprmSDmBinFirst | 0x5007 | sep.dmBinFirst |  | S16
sprmSDmBinOther | 0x5008 | sep.dmBinOther |  | S16
sprmSBkc | 0x3009 | sep.bkc | bkc | S8
sprmSFTitlePage | 0x300A | sep.fTitlePage | 0 or 1 | S8
sprmSCcolumns | 0x500B | sep.ccolM1 | # of cols - 1 | S16
sprmSDxaColumns | 0x900C | sep.dxaColumns | dxa | S16
sprmSFAutoPgn | 0x300D | sep.fAutoPgn | obsolete | S8
sprmSNfcPgn | 0x300E | sep.nfcPgn | nfc | S8
sprmSDyaPgn | 0xB00F | sep.dyaPgn | dya | S16
sprmSDxaPgn | 0xB010 | sep.dxaPgn | dya | S16
sprmSFPgnRestart | 0x3011 | sep.fPgnRestart | 0 or 1 | S8
sprmSFEndnote | 0x3012 | sep.fEndnote | 0 or 1 | S8
sprmSLnc | 0x3013 | sep.lnc | lnc | S8
sprmSGprfIhdt | 0x3014 | sep.grpfIhdt | grpfihdt (see Headers and Footers topic) | S8
sprmSNLnnMod | 0x5015 | sep.nLnnMod | non-neg int. | S16
sprmSDxaLnn | 0x9016 | sep.dxaLnn | dxa | S16
sprmSDyaHdrTop | 0xB017 | sep.dyaHdrTop | dya | U16
sprmSDyaHdrBottom | 0xB018 | sep.dyaHdrBottom | dya | U16
sprmSLBetween | 0x3019 | sep.fLBetween | 0 or 1 | S8
sprmSVjc | 0x301A | sep.vjc | vjc | S8
sprmSLnnMin | 0x501B | sep.lnnMin | lnn | S16
sprmSPgnStart | 0x501C | sep.pgnStart | pgn | S16
sprmSBOrientation | 0x301D | sep.dmOrientPage | dm | S8
sprmSBCustomize | 0x301E |  |  |
sprmSXaPage | 0xB01F | sep.xaPage | xa | S16
sprmSYaPage | 0xB020 | sep.yaPage | ya | S16
sprmSDxaLeft | 0xB021 | sep.dxaLeft | dxa | U16
sprmSDxaRight | 0xB022 | sep.dxaRight | dxa | U16
sprmSDyaTop | 0x9023 | sep.dyaTop | dya | S16
sprmSDyaBottom | 0x9024 | sep.dyaBottom | dya | S16
sprmSDzaGutter | 0xB025 | sep.dzaGutter | dza | S16
sprmSDmPaperReq | 0x5026 | sep.dmPaperReq | dm | S16
sprmSPropRMark | 0xD227 | sep.fPropRMark, sep.ibstPropRMark, sep.dttmPropRMark | complex (see below) | variable length always recorded as 7 bytes
sprmSFBiDi | 0x3228 |  |  |
sprmSFFacingCol | 0x3229 |  |  |
sprmSFRTLGutter | 0x322A |  |  |
sprmSBrcTop | 0x702B | sep.brcTop | BRC | S32
sprmSBrcLeft | 0x702C | sep.brcLeft | BRC | S32
sprmSBrcBottom | 0x702D | sep.brcBottom | BRC | S32
sprmSBrcRight | 0x702E | sep.brcRight | BRC | S32
sprmSPgbProp | 0x522F | sep.pgbProp |  | S16
sprmSDxtCharSpace | 0x7030 | sep.dxtCharSpace | dxt | S32
sprmSDyaLinePitch | 0x9031 | sep.dyaLinePitch | dya | S32
sprmSClm | 0x5032 |  |  |
sprmSTextFlow | 0x5033 | sep.wTextFlow | complex (see below) | S16
sprmTJc | 0x5400 | tap.jc | jc | word (low order byte is significant)
sprmTDxaLeft | 0x9601 | tap.rgdxaCenter (see below) | dxa | S16
sprmTDxaGapHalf | 0x9602 | tap.dxaGapHalf, tap.rgdxaCenter (see below) | dxa | S16
sprmTFCantSplit | 0x3403 | tap.fCantSplit | 1 or 0 | S8
sprmTTableHeader | 0x3404 | tap.fTableHeader | 1 or 0 | S8
sprmTTableBorders | 0xD605 | tap.rgbrcTable | complex(see below) | 24 bytes
sprmTDefTable10 | 0xD606 | tap.rgdxaCenter, tap.rgtc | complex (see below) | variable length
sprmTDyaRowHeight | 0x9407 | tap.dyaRowHeight | dya | S16
sprmTDefTable | 0xD608 | tap.rgtc | complex (see below) |
sprmTDefTableShd | 0xD609 | tap.rgshd | complex (see below) |
sprmTTlp | 0x740A | tap.tlp | TLP | 4 bytes
sprmTFBiDi | 0x560B |  |  |
sprmTHTMLProps | 0x740C |  |  |
sprmTSetBrc | 0xD620 | tap.rgtc[].rgbrc | complex (see below) | 5 bytes
sprmTInsert | 0x7621 | tap.rgdxaCenter, tap.rgtc | complex (see below) | 4 bytes
sprmTDelete | 0x5622 | tap.rgdxaCenter, tap.rgtc | complex (see below) | S16
sprmTDxaCol | 0x7623 | tap.rgdxaCenter | complex (see below) | 4 bytes
sprmTMerge | 0x5624 | tap.fFirstMerged, tap.fMerged | complex (see below) | S16
sprmTSplit | 0x5625 | tap.fFirstMerged, tap.fMerged | complex (see below) | S16
sprmTSetBrc10 | 0xD626 | tap.rgtc[].rgbrc | complex (see below) | 5 bytes
sprmTSetShd | 0x7627 | tap.rgshd | complex (see below) | 4 bytes
sprmTSetShdOdd | 0x7628 | tap.rgshd | complex (see below) | 4 bytes
sprmTTextFlow | 0x7629 | tap.rgtc[].fVertical tap.rgtc[].fBackward tap.rgtc[].fRotateFont | 0 or 1 0 or 1 0 or 1 | S16
sprmTDiagLine | 0xD62A |  |  |
sprmTVertMerge | 0xD62B | tap.rgtc[].vertMerge | complex (see below) | variable length always recorded as 2 bytes
sprmTVertAlign | 0xD62C | tap.rgtc[].vertAlign | complex (see below) | variable length always recorded as 3 byte

sprmPIstdPermute (opcode 0xC601) is a complex sprm which is applied to a piece when the style codes of paragraphs within a piece must be mapped to other style codes. It has the following format:

Field | Size | Comment
sprm | S16 | opcode( ==0xC601)
cch | S8 | count of bytes (not including sprm and cch)
fLongg | S8 | always 0
fSpare | S8 | always 0
istdFirst | U16 | index of first style in range to which permutation stored in rgistd applies
istdLast | U16 | index of last style in range to which permutation stored in rgistd applies
rgistd[] | U16 | array of istd entries that records the mapping of istds for text copied from a source document to istds that exists in the destination document after the text has been pasted

To interpret sprmPIstdPermute, first check if pap.istd is greater than the istdFirst recorded in the sprm and less than or equal to the istdLast recorded in the sprm If not, the sprm has no effect. If it is, pap.istd is set to rgistd[pap.istd - istdFirst]. sprmPIstdPermute is only stored in grpprls linked to a piece table. It should never be recorded in a PAPX.

sprmPIncLvl (opcode 0x2602) is applied to pieces in the piece table that contain paragraphs with style codes (istds) greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to 9. These style codes identify heading levels in a Word outline structure. The sprm causes a set of paragraphs to be changed to a new heading level. The sprm is three bytes long and consists of the sprm code and a one byte two's complement value.

If pap.stc is < 1 or > 9, sprmPIncLvl has no effect. Otherwise, if the value stored in the byte has its highest order bit off, the value is a positive difference which should be added to pap.istd and pap.lvl and then pap.stc should be set to min(pap.istd, 9). If the byte value has its highest order bit on, the value is a negative difference which should be sign extended to a word and then subtracted from pap.istd and pap.lvl. Then pap.stc should be set to max(1, pap.istd). sprmPIncLvl is only stored in grpprls linked to a piece table.

sprmPIlfo (opcode 0x460B) sets the pap.ilfo. Its argument, an ilfo, is an index into the document's hpllfo, which contains the list data for that paragraph, describing the appearance of the automatic number at the beginning of the paragraph. A value of zero means that the paragraph is not numbered, and a value of 2047 indicates that this paragraph came from a pre-Word 97 file so the formatting information is still stored in the pap.anld and the paragraph should be converted to Word 97 format.

sprmPIlvl (opcode (0x260A) sets the pap.ilvl. It takes an index (0 through 8) which indicates which level of a multilevel list this paragraph belongs to. For simple (one-level lists) or unnumbered paragraphs, this value should always be zero.

sprmPAnld (opcode ...) is currently only used for compatibility with pre-Word 97 docs. It sets the pap.anld, which before Word 97 described the automatic number at the beginning of any numbered paragraph. Now we use it only long enough to put the data into the document's list table (rglst) and set the pap.ilfo to point to the proper entry in the list table. The pap.anld is only relavent if pap.ilfo is equal to 2047 (see sprmPIlfo above).

The sprmPChgTabsPapx (opcode 0xC60D) is a complex sprm that describes changes in tab settings from the underlying style. It is only stored as part of PAPXs stored in FKPs and in the STSH. It has the following format:

Field | Size | Comment
sprm | S16 | opcode
cch | S8 | count of bytes (not including sprm and cch)
itbdDelMax | S8 | number of tabs to delete
rgdxaDel | int[itbdDelMax] | array of tab positions for which tabs should be deleted
itbdAddMax | S8 | number of tabs to add
rgdxaAdd | int[itbdAddMax] | array of tab positions for which tabs should be added
rgtbdAdd | byte[itbdAddMax] | array of tab descriptors corresponding to rgdxaAdd

When sprmPChgTabsPapx is interpreted, the rgdxaDel of the sprm is applied first to the pap that is being transformed. This is done by deleting from the pap the rgdxaTab entry and rgtbd entry of any tab whose rgdxaTab value is equal to one of the rgdxaDel values in the sprm. It is guaranteed that the entries in pap.rgdxaTab and the sprm's rgdxaDel and rgdxaAdd are recorded in ascending dxa order.

Then the rgdxaAdd and rgtbdAdd entries are merged into the pap's rgdxaTab and rgtbd arrays so that the resulting pap rgdxaTab is sorted in ascending order with no duplicates.

sprmPNest (opcode 0x4610) causes its operand, a two-byte dxa value to be added to pap.dxaLeft. If the result of the addition is less than 0, 0 is stored into pap.dxaLeft. It is used to shift the left indent of a paragraph to the right or left. sprmPNest is only stored in grpprls linked to a piece table.

sprmPDyaLine (opcode 0x6412) moves a 4 byte LSPD structure into pap.lspd. Two short fields are stored in this data structure. The first short in the structure is named lspd.dyaLine and the second is named lspd.fMultLinespace. When lspd.fMultLinespace is 0, the magnitude of lspd.dyaLine specifies the amount of space that will be provided for lines in the paragraph in twips. When lspd.dyaLine is positive, Word will ensure that AT LEAST the magnitude of lspd.dyaLine will be reserved on the page for each line displayed in the paragraph. If the height of a line becomes greater than lspd.dyaLine, the size calculated for that line will be reserved on the page. When lspd.dyaLine is negative, Word will ensure that EXACTLY the magnitude of lspd.dyaLine (-lspd.dyaLine) will be reserved on the page for each line displayed in the paragraph. When lspd.fMultLinespace is 1, Word will reserve for each line the (maximal height of the line*lspd.dyaLine)/240.

The sprmPChgTabs (opcode 0xC615) is a complex sprm which describes changes tab settings for any paragraph within a piece. It is only stored as part of a grpprl linked to a piece table. It has the following format:

Field | Size | Comment
sprm | S16 | opcode
cch | S8 | count of bytes (not including sprm and cch)
itbdDelMax | S8 | number of tabs to delete
rgdxaDel | int[itbdDelMax] | array of tab positions for which tabs should be deleted
rgdxaClose | int[itbdDelMax] | array of tolerances corresponding to rgdxaDel where each tolerance defines an interval around corresponding rgdxaDel entry within which all tabs should be removed
itbdAddMax | S8 | number of tabs to add
rgdxaAdd | int[itbdAddMax] | array of tab positions for which tabs should be added
rgtbdAdd | byte[itbdAddMax] | array of tab descriptors corresponding to rgdxaAdd

itbdDelMax and itbdAddMax are defined to be equal to 50. This means that the largest possible instance of sprmPChgTabs is 354. When the length of the sprm is greater than or equal to 255, the cch field will be set equal to 255. When cch == 255, the actual length of the sprm can be calculated as follows: length = 2 + itbdDelMax * 4 + itbdAddMax * 3.

When sprmPChgTabs is interpreted, the rgdxaDel of the sprm is applied first to the pap that is being transformed. This is done by deleting from the pap the rgdxaTab entry and rgtbd entry of any tab whose rgdxaTab value is within the interval [rgdxaDel[i] - rgdxaClose[i], rgdxaDel[i] + rgdxaClose[i]] It is guaranteed that the entries in pap.rgdxaTab and the sprm's rgdxaDel and rgdxaAdd are recorded in ascending dxa order.

Then the rgdxaAdd and rgtbdAdd entries are merged into the pap's rgdxaTab and rgtbd arrays so that the resulting pap rgdxaTab is sorted in ascending order with no duplicates.

The sprmPPc (opcode 0x261B) is a complex sprm which describes changes in the pap.pcHorz and pap.pcVert. It is able to change both fields' contents in parallel. It has the following format:

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | sprm | S16 |  |  | opcode
2 | 2 |  | S16 | :4 | F0 | reserved
|  | pcVert | S16 | :2 | 0C | if pcVert ==3, pap.pcVert should not be changed. Otherwise, contains new value of pap.pcVert.
|  | pcHorz | S16 | :2 | 03 | if pcHorz==3, pap.pcHorz should not be changed. Otherwise, contains new value of pap.pcHorz.

Length of sprmPPc is three bytes.

sprmPPc is interpreted by moving pcVert to pap.pcVert if pcVert != 3 and by moving pcHorz to pap.pcHorz if pcHorz != 3. sprmPPc is stored in PAPX FKPs and also in grpprls linked to piece table entries.

sprmPPropRMark (opcode 0xC63F) is interpreted by moving the first parameter byte to pap.fPropRMark, the next two bytes to pap.ibstPropRMark, and the remaining four bytes to pap.dttmPropRMark.

sprmPHugePapx is stored in PAPX FKPs in place of the grpprl of a PAPX which would otherwise be too big to fit in an FKP (as of this writing, 488 bytes is the size of the largest PAPX which can fit in an FKP). The parameter fc gives the location of the grpprl in the data stream. The first word at that fc counts the number of bytes in the grpprl (not including the byte count itself). A sprmPHugePapx should therefore only be found in a PAPX FKP and should be the only sprm in that PAPX's grpprl.

sprmCPicLocation (opcode 0x6A03) is used ONLY IN CHPX FKPs. This sprm moves the 4-byte operand of the sprm into the chp.fcPic field. It simultaneously sets chp.fSpec to 1. This sprm is also when the chp.lTagObj field that is unioned with chp.fcPic is to be set for OLE objects.

sprmCChs (opcode 0xEA08) is used to record a character set id for text that was pasted into the Word document that used a character set different than Word's default character set. When chp.fChsDiff is 0, the character set used for a run of text is the default character set for the version of Word that last saved the document. When chp.fChsDiff is 1, chp.chse specifies the character set used for this run of text. This sprm's operand is 3 bytes. When this sprm is interpreted, the first byte of the operand is moved to chp.fChsDiff and the remaining word is moved to chp.chse.

sprmCSymbol (opcode 0x6A09) is used to specify the font and the character that will be used within that font to display a symbol character in Word. This sprm's operand is 4 bytes. The first 2 hold the font code; the last 2 hold a character specifier. When this sprm is interpreted, the font code is moved to chp.ftcSym and the character specifier is moved to chp.xchSym and chp.fSpec is set to 1.

sprmCIstdPermute (opcode 0xCA31) (which has the same format as sprmPIstdPermute (opcode 0xC601)) is a complex sprm which is applied to a piece when the style codes for character styles tagging character runs within a piece must be mapped to other style codes. It has the following format:

Field | Size | Comment
sprm | S16 | opcode( ==0xCA31)
cch | S8 | count of bytes (not including sprm and cch)
fLongg | S8 | always 0
fSpare | S8 | always 0
istdFirst | U16 | index of first style in range to which permutation stored in rgistd applies
istdLast | U16 | index of last style in range to which permutation stored in rgistd applies
rgistd[] | U16 | array of istd entries that records the mapping of istds for text copied from a source document to istds that exists in the destination document after the text has been pasted

To interpret sprmCIstdPermute, first check if chp.istd is greater than the istdFirst recorded in the sprm and less than or equal to the istdLast recorded in the sprm If not, the sprm has no effect. If it is, chp.istd is set to rgstd[chp.istd - istdFirst] and any chpx stored in that rgstd entry is applied to the chp. sprmCIstdPermute is only stored in grpprls linked to a piece table. It should never be recorded in a CHPX.

Note that it is possible that an istd may be recorded in the rgistd that refers to a paragraph style. This will no harmful consequences since the istd for a paragraph style should never be recorded in chp.istd.

sprmCDefault (opcode 0x2A32) clears the fBold, fItalic, fOutline, fStrike, fShadow, fSmallCaps, fCaps, fVanish, kul and ico fields of the chp to 0. It was first defined for Word 3.01 and had to be backward compatible with Word 3.00 so it is a variable length sprm whose count of bytes is 0. It consists of the sprmCDefault opcode followed by a byte of 0. sprmCDefault is stored only in grpprls linked to piece table entries.

sprmCPlain (opcode 0x2A33) is used to make the character properties of runs of text equal to the style character properties of the paragraph that contains the text. When Word interprets this sprm, the style sheet CHP is copied over the original CHP preserving the fSpec setting from the original CHP. sprmCPlain is stored only in grpprls linked to piece table entries.

sprms 0x0835 through 0x083C (sprmCFBold through sprmCFVanish) set single bit properties in the CHP. When the parameter of the sprm is set to 0 or 1, then the CHP property is set to the parameter value.

When the parameter of the sprm is 128, then the CHP property is set to the value that is stored for the property in the style sheet. CHP When the parameter of the sprm is 129, the CHP property is set to the negation of the value that is stored for the property in the style sheet CHP. sprmCFBold through sprmCFVanish are stored only in grpprls linked to piece table entries.

sprmCSizePos (opcode 0xEA3F) is a five-byte sprm consisting of the sprm opcode and a three byte parameter. The sprm has the following format:

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | sprm | S16 |  |  | opcode
2 | 2 | hpsSize | S16 | :8 | FF | when != 0, contains new size of chp.hps
3 | 3 | cInc | S16 | :7 | FE | contains the number of font levels to increase or decrease size of chp.hps as a twos complement value.
|  | fAdjust | S16 | :1 | 01 | when == 1, means that chp.hps should be adjusted up/down by one font level for super/subscripting change
4 | 4 | hpsPos | S16 | :8 | FF | when != 128, contains super/subscript position as a twos complement number

When Word interprets this sprm, if hpsSize != 0 then chp.hps is set to hpsSize. If cInc is != 0, the cInc is interpreted as a 7 bit twos complement number and the procedure described below for interpreting sprmCHpsInc is followed to increase or decrease the chp.hps by the specified number of levels. If hpsPos is != 128, then chp.hpsPos is set equal to hpsPos. If fAdjust is on , hpsPos != 128 and hpsPos != 0 and the previous value of chp.hpsPos == 0, then chp.hps is reduced by one level following the method described for sprmCHpsInc. If fAdjust is on, hpsPos == 0 and the previous value of chp.hpsPos != 0, then the chp.hps value is increased by one level using the method described below for sprmCHpsInc.

sprmCHpsInc(opcode 0x2A44) is a three-byte sprm consisting of the sprm opcode and a one-byte parameter. Word keeps an ordered array of the font sizes that are defined for the fonts recorded in the system file with each font size transformed into an hps. The parameter is a one-byte twos complement number. Word uses this number to calculate an index in the font size array to determine the new hps for a run. When Word interprets this sprm and the parameter is positive, it searches the array of font sizes to find the index of the smallest entry in the font size table that is greater than the current chp.hps.It then adds the parameter minus 1 to the index and maxes this with the index of the last array entry. It uses the result as an index into the font size array and assigns that entry of the array to chp.hps.

When the parameter is negative, Word searches the array of font sizes to find the index of the entry that is less than or equal to the current chp.hps. It then adds the negative parameter to the index and does a min of the result with 0. The result of the min function is used as an index into the font size array and that entry of the array is assigned to chp.hps. sprmCHpsInc is stored only in grpprls linked to piece table entries.

sprmCHpsPosAdj (opcode 0x2A46) causes the hps of a run to be reduced the first time text is superscripted or subscripted and causes the hps of a run to be increased when superscripting/subscripting is removed from a run. The one byte parameter of this sprm is the new hpsPos value that is to be stored in chp.hpsPos. If the new hpsPos is not equal 0 (meaning that the text is to be super/subscripted), Word first examines the current value of chp.hpsPos to see if it is equal to 0. If so, Word uses the algorithm described for sprmCHpsInc to decrease chp.hps by one level. If the new hpsPos == 0 (meaning the text is not super/subscripted), Word examines the current chp.hpsPos to see if it is not equal to 0. If it is not (which means text is being restored to normal position), Word uses the sprmCHpsInc algorithm to increase chp.hps by one level. After chp.hps is adjusted, the parameter value is stored in chp.hpsPos. sprmCHpsPosAdj is stored only in grpprls linked to piece table entries.

The parameter of sprmCMajority (opcode 0xCA47) is itself a list of character sprms which encodes a criterion under which certain fields of the chp are to be set equal to the values stored in a style's CHP. Bytes 0 and 1 of sprmCMajority contains the opcode, byte 2 contains the length of the following list of character sprms. . Word begins interpretation of this sprm by applying the stored character sprm list to a standard chp. That chp has chp.istd = istdNormalChar. chp.hps=20, chp.lid=0x0400 and chp.ftc = 4. Word then compares fBold, fItalic, fStrike, fOutline, fShadow, fSmallCaps, fCaps, ftc, hps, hpsPos, kul, qpsSpace and ico in the original CHP with the values recorded for these fields in the generated CHP.. If a field in the original CHP has the same value as the field stored in the generated CHP, then that field is reset to the value stored in the style's CHP. If the two copies differ, then the original CHP value is left unchanged. sprmCMajority is stored only in grpprls linked to piece table entries.

sprmCHpsInc1 (opcode 0xCA4A) is used to increase or decrease chp.hps by increments of 1. This sprm is interpreted by adding the two byte increment stored as the opcode of the sprm to chp.hps. If this result is less than 8, the chp.hps is set to 8. If the result is greater than 32766, the chp.hps is set to 32766.

sprmCMajority50 (opcode 0xCA4C) has the same format as sprmCMajority and is interpreted in the same way.

sprmCPropRMark (opcode 0xCA57) is interpreted by moving the first parameter byte to chp.fPropRMark, the next two bytes to chp.ibstPropRMark, and the remaining four bytes to chp.dttmPropRMark.

sprmCDispFldRMark (opcode 0xCA62) is interpreted by moving the first parameter byte to chp.fDispFldRMark, the next two bytes to chp.ibstDispFldRMark, the next four bytes to chp.dttmDispFldRMark, and the remaining 32 bytes to chp.xstDispFldRMark.

sprmCRgftc0 (opcode 0x4A4F), sprmcCRgftc1(opcode 0x4A50), and sprmCRgftc2 (opcode 0x4A4F) are used to specify the fonts that are available for use with text. Rgftc0 specifies the font used for characters from U+0000 -> U+007F. Rgftc1 specifies the font to be used for Far East characters, and Rgftc2 specifies the font to be used for all other text. See appendix C for details on how the font is calculated.

sprmCRglid0 (opcode 0x486D) and sprmCRglid1 (opcode 0x486E) are used to specify the languages that are available for use with the text in this run. sprmCRglid1 specifies the language for Far East text, sprmCRglid0 specifies the language for all other text. See Appendix C for details on the language is calculated.

sprmCIdctHint (opcode 0x286F) specifies a script bias for the text in the run. For Unicode characters that are shared between Far East and non-Far East scripts, this property determines what font and language the character will use. When this value is 0, text properties bias towards non-Far East properties. When this value is 1, text properties bias towards Far East properties. See Appendix C for details on the calculation of font and language properties.

sprmPicScale (opcode 0xCE01) is used to scale the x and y dimensions of a Word picture and to set the cropping for each side of the picture. The sprm begins with the two-byte opcode, followed by the length of the parameter (always 12) stored in a byte. The 12-byte long operand consists of an array of 6 two-byte integer fields. The 0th integer contains the new setting for pic.mx. The 1st integer contains the new setting for pic.my. The 2nd integer contains the new setting for pic.dxaCropLeft. The 3rd integer contains the new setting for pic.dyaCropTop. The 4th integer contains the new setting for pic.dxaCropRight. The 5th integer contains the new setting of pic.dxaCropBottom. sprmPicScale is stored only in grpprls linked to piece table entries.

sprmSPropRMark (opcode 0xD227) is interpreted by moving the first parameter byte to sep.fPropRMark, the next two bytes to sep.ibstPropRMark, and the remaining four bytes to sep.dttmPropRMark.

sprmSTextFlow (opcode 0x5033) represents the textflow to be applied to this section. Possible values are:

0 | horizontal, non-@font
1 | top to bottom, @font
2 | bottom to top, non-@font
3 | top to botton, non-@font
4 | horizontal, @-font

sprmTDxaLeft (opcode 0x9601) is called to adjust the x position within a column which marks the left boundary of text within the first cell of a table row. This sprm causes a whole table row to be shifted left or right within its column leaving the horizontal width and vertical height of cells in the row unchanged. Bytes 0-1 of the sprm contains the opcode, and the new dxa position, call it dxaNew, is stored as an integer in bytes 2 and 3. Word interprets this sprm by addingdxaNew - (rgdxaCenter[0] + tap.dxaGapHalf) to every entry of tap.rgdxaCenter whose index is less than tap.itcMac. sprmTDxaLeft is stored only in grpprls linked to piece table entries.

sprmTDxaGapHalf (opcode 0x9602) adjusts the white space that is maintained between columns by changing tap.dxaGapHalf. Because we want the left boundary of text within the leftmost cell to be at the same location after the sprm is applied, Word also adjusts tap.rgdxCenter[0] by the amount that tap.dxaGapHalf changes. Bytes 0-1 of the sprm contains the opcode, and the new dxaGapHalf, call it dxaGapHalfNew, is stored in bytes 2 and 3. When the sprm is interpreted, the change between the old and new dxaGapHalf values, tap.dxaGapHalf - dxaGapHalfNew, is added to tap.rgdxaCenter[0] and then dxaGapHalfNew is moved to tap.dxaGapHalf. sprmTDxaGapHalf is stored in PAPXs and also in grpprls linked to piece table entries.

sprmTTableBorders (opcode 0xD605) sets the tap.rgbrcTable. The sprm is interpreted by moving the 24 bytes of the sprm's operand to tap.rgbrcTable. Note that the 3rd byte is the length byte, beginning from byte 4(!) the 6 BRCs are located.

sprmTDefTable10 (opcode0xD606) is an obsolete version of sprmTDefTable (opcode 0xD608) that was used in WinWord 1.x. Its contents are identical to those in sprmTDefTable, except that the TC structures contain the obsolete structures BRC10s.

sprmTDefTable (opcode 0xD608) defines the boundaries of table cells (tap.rgdxaCenter) and the properties of each cell in a table (tap.rgtc). Bytes 0 and 1 of the sprm contain its opcode. Bytes 2 and 3 store a two-byte length of the following parameter. Byte 4 contains the number of cells that are to be defined by the sprm, call it itcMac. When the sprm is interpreted, itcMac is moved to tap.itcMac. itcMac cannot be larger than 32. In bytes 5 through 5+2*(itcMac + 1) -1 , is stored an array of integer dxa values sorted in ascending order which will be moved to tap.rgdxaCenter. In bytes 5+ 2*(itcMac + 1) through byte 5+2*(itcMac + 1) + 10*itcMac - 1 is stored an array of TC entries corresponding to the stored tap.rgdxaCenter. This array is moved to tap.rgtc. sprmTDefTable is only stored in PAPXs. Take care: First of all they don't always store the TCs (check the length of the sprm), in this case we just add itcMac default TCs like OOo does. Additionally the TC's size is not 10 anymore (Word 6), but 20.

sprmTDefTableShd (opcode 0xD609) is similar to sprmTDefTable, and compliments it by defining the shading of each cell in a table (tap.rgshd). Bytes 0 and 1 of the sprm contain its opcode. Bytes 2 and 3 store a two-byte length of the following parameter. Byte 4 contains the number of cells that are to be defined by the sprm, call it itcMac. itcMac cannot be larger than 32. In bytes 5 through 5+2*(itcMac + 1) -1 , is stored an array of SHDs. This array is moved to tap.rgshd. sprmTDefTable is only stored in PAPXs. The above description is pure crap. Byte 3 is a length count of the remaining sprm data, followed by a number of SHDs.

sprmTSetBrc (opcode 0xD620) allows the border definitions(BRCs) within TCs to be set to new values. It has the following format:

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | sprm | S16 |  |  | opcode 0xD620
2 | 2 | count | S8 |  |  | number of bytes for operand
3 | 3 | itcFirst | S8 |  |  | the index of the first cell that is to have its borders changed.
4 | 4 | itcLim | S8 |  |  | index of the cell that follows the last cell to have its borders changed
5 | 5 |  | S16 | :4 | F0 | reserved
|  | fChangeRight | S16 | :1 | 08 | =1 when tap.rgtc[].brcRight is to be changed
|  | fChangeBottom | S16 | :1 | 04 | =1 when tap.rgtc[].brcBottom is to be changed
|  | fChangeLeft | S16 | :1 | 02 | =1 when tap.rgtc[].brcLeft is to be changed
|  | fChangeTop | S16 | :1 | 01 | =1 when tap.rgtc[].brcTop is to be changed
6 | 6 | brc | BRC |  |  | new BRC value to be stored in TCs.

This sprm changes the brc fields selected by the fChange* flags in the sprm to the brc value stored in the sprm, for every tap.rgtc entry whose index is greater than or equal to itcFirst and less than itcLim.sprmTSetBrc is stored only in grpprls linked to piece table entries.

sprmTInsert (opcode 0x7621) inserts new cell definitions in an existing table's cell structure. Bytes 0 and 1 of the sprm contain the opcode. Byte 2 is the index within tap.rgdxaCenter and tap.rgtc at which the new dxaCenter and tc values will be inserted. Call this index itcInsert. Byte 3 contains a count of the cell definitions to be added to the tap, call it ctc. Bytes 4 and 5 contain the width of the cells that will be added, call it dxaCol. If there are already cells defined at the index where cells are to be inserted, tap.rgdxaCenter entries at or above this index must be moved to the entry ctc higher and must be adjusted by adding ctc*dxaCol to the value stored. The contents of tap.rgtc at or above the index must be moved 10*ctc bytes higher in tap.rgtc. If itcInsert is greater than the original tap.itcMac, itcInsert - tap.ctc columns beginning with index tap.itcMac must be added of width dxaCol (loop from itcMac to itcMac+itcInsert-tap.ctc adding dxaCol to the rgdxaCenter value of the previous entry and storing sum as dxaCenter of new entry), whose TC entries are cleared to zeros. Beginning with index itcInsert, ctc columns of width dxaCol must be added by constructing new tap.rgdxaCenter and tap.rgtc entries with the newly defined rgtc entries cleared to zeros. Finally, the number of cells that were added to the tap is added to tap.itcMac. sprmTInsert is stored only in grpprls linked to piece table entries.

sprmTDelete (opcode 0x5622) deletes cell definitions from an existing table's cell structure. Bytes 0 and 1of the sprm contain the opcode. Byte 2 contains the index of the first cell to delete, call it itcFirst. Byte 3 contains the index of the cell that follows the last cell to be deleted, call it itcLim. sprmTDelete causes any rgdxaCenter and rgtc entries whose index is greater than or equal to itcLim to be moved to the entry that is itcLim - itcFirst lower, and causes tap.itcMac to be decreased by the number of cells deleted. sprmTDelete is stored only in grpprls linked to piece table entries.

sprmTDxaCol (opcode 0x7623) changes the width of cells whose index is within a certain range to be a certain value. Bytes 0 and 1of the sprm contain the opcode. Byte 2 contains the index of the first cell whose width is to be changed, call it itcFirst. Byte 3 contains the index of the cell that follows the last cell whose width is to be changed, call it itcLim. Bytes 4 and 5 contain the new width of the cell, call it dxaCol. This sprm causes the itcLim - itcFirst entries of tap.rgdxaCenter to be adjusted so that tap.rgdxaCenter[i+1] = tap.rgdxaCenter[i] + dxaCol. Any tap.rgdxaCenter entries that exist beyond itcLim are adjusted to take into account the amount added to or removed from the previous columns.sprmTDxaCol is stored only in grpprls linked to piece table entries.

sprmTMerge (opcode 0x5624) merges the display areas of cells within a specified range. Bytes 0 and 1 of the sprm contain the opcode. Byte 2 contains the index of the first cell that is to be merged, call it itcFirst. Byte 3 contains the index of the cell that follows the last cell to be merged, call it itcLim. This sprm causes tap.rgtc[itcFirst].fFirstMerged to be set to 1. Cells in the range whose index is greater than itcFirst and less than itcLim have tap.rgtc[].fMerged set to 1. sprmTMerge is stored only in grpprls linked to piece table entries.

sprmTSplit (opcode 0x5625) splits the display areas of merged cells into their originally assigned display areas. Bytes 0 and 1 of the sprm contain the opcode. Byte 2 contains the index of the first cell that is to be split, call it itcFirst. Byte 3 contains the index of the cell that follows the last cell to be split, call it itcLim. This sprm clears tap.rgtc[].fFirstMerged and tap.rgtc[].fMerged for all rgtc entries >= itcFirst and < itcLim. sprmTSplit is stored only in grpprls linked to piece table entries.

SprmTSetBrc10 (opcode 0xD626) has the same format as SprmTSetBrc but uses the old BRC10 structure.

sprmTSetShd (opcode 0x7627) allows the shading definitions(SHDs) within a tap to be set to new values. Bytes 0 and 1 of the sprm contain the opcode. Byte 2 contains the index of the first cell whose shading is to be changed, call it itcFirst. Byte 3 contains the index of the cell that follows the last cell whose shading is to be changed, call it itcLim. Bytes 4 and 5 contain the SHD structure, call it shd. This sprm causes the itcLim - itcFirst entries of tap.rgshd to be set to shd. sprmTSetShd is stored only in grpprls linked to piece table entries.

sprmTSetShdOdd (opcode 0x7628) is identical to sprmTSetShd, but it only changes the rgshd for odd indices between itcFirst and. sprmTSetShdOdd is stored only in grpprls linked to piece table entries.

sprmTVertMerge (opcode 0xD62B) changes the vertical cell merge properties for a cell in the tap.rgtc[]. Bytes 0 and 1 of the sprm contain the opcode. Byte 2 contains the index of the cell whose vertical cell merge properties are to be changed. Byte 3 codes the new vertical cell merge properties for the cell, a 0 clears both fVertMerge and fVertRestart, a 1 sets fVertMerge and clears fVertRestart, and a 3 sets both flags. sprmTVertMerge is stored only in grpprls linked to piece table entries.

sprmTVertAlign (opcode 0xD62C) changes the vertical alignment property in the tap.rgtc[]. Bytes 0 and 1 of the sprm contain the opcode. Byte 2 contains the index of the first cell whose shading is to be changed, call it itcFirst. Byte 3 contains the index of the cell that follows the last cell whose shading is to be changed, call it itcLim. This sprm causes the vertAlign properties of the itcLim - itcFirst entries of tap.rgtc[] to be set to the new vertical alignment property contained in Byte 4. sprmTVertAlign is stored only in grpprls linked to piece table entries.

## Complex File Format

There are some differences between the file format of a full saved document and that of a fast saved document. In previous versions of Word, one of the differences was the necessity of the "complex" table information. In Word '97 and later, the fcClx always indicates the location of the "complex" table information and it is always necessary to determine the location and contents of text and properties. This arises due to unicode and unicode compression.

fcClx is the fc where the complex part of the file begins, and cbClx is the size (in bytes) of the complex part. The complex part of the file contains a group of grpprls that encode formatting changes made by the user and a piece table (plcfpcd). The piece table is needed because the text of the document is not stored contiguously in the file after a fast save.

The complex part of a file (CLX) is composed of a number of variable-sized blocks of data. Recorded first are any grpprls that may be referenced by the plcfpcd (if the plcfpcd has no grpprl references, no grpprls will be recorded) followed by the plcfpcd. Each block in the complex part is prefaced by a clxt (clx type), which is a 1-byte code, either 1 (meaning the block contains a grpprl) or 2 (meaning this is the plcfpcd). A clxtGrpprl (1) is followed by a 2-byte cb which is the count of bytes of the grpprl. A clxtPlcfpcd (2) is followed by a 4-byte lcb which is the count of bytes of the piece table. A full saved file will have no clxtGrpprl's. So the formats of the two types of blocks are:

clxt = 1 | clxtGrpprl
cb | count of bytes in grpprl
grpprl | see "Definitions" for description of grpprl; a grpprl can contain sprms modifying character, paragraph, table, section or picture properties

or

clxt = 2 | clxtPlcfpcd
lcb | count of bytes in piece table
plcfpcd | piece table

The entire CLX would look like this, depending on the number of grpprl's:

clxtGrpprl
cb
grpprl (0th grpprl)
clxtGrpprl
cb
grpprl (1st grpprl)
...
clxtPlcfpcd
cb
plcfpcd

When the prm in pcds stored in the plcfpcd, contains an igrpprl (index to a grpprl), the index stored is the order in which that grpprl was stored in the CLX.

### Algorithm to determine the bounds of a paragraph containing a certain character in a complex file

When a document is recorded in non-complex format, the bounds of the paragraph that contains a particular character can be found by calculating the FC coordinate of the character, searching the bin table to find an FKP page that describes that FC, fetching that FKP, and then searching the FKP to find the interval in the rgfc that encloses the character. The bounds of the interval are the fcFirst and fcLim of the containing paragraph. Every character greater than or equal to fcFirst and less than fcLim is part of the containing paragraph.

When a document is recorded in complex format, a piece that was originally part of one paragraph can be copied or moved within a different paragraph. To find the beginning of the paragraph containing a character in a complex document, it's first necessary to search for the piece containing the character in the piece table. Then calculate the FC in the file that stores the character from the piece table information. Using the FC, search the FCs FKP for the largest FC less than the character's FC, call it fcTest. If the character at fcTest-1 is contained in the current piece, then the character corresponding to that FC in the piece is the first character of the paragraph. If that FC is before or marks the beginning of the piece, scan a piece at a time towards the beginning of the piece table until a piece is found that contains a paragraph mark. This can be done by using the end of the piece FC, finding the largest FC in its FKP that is less than or equal to the end of piece FC, and checking to see if the character in front of the FKP FC (which must mark a paragraph end) is within the piece. When such an FKP FC is found, the FC marks the first byte of paragraph text.

To find the end of a paragraph for a character in a complex format file, again it is necessary to know the piece that contains the character and the FC assigned to the character. Using the FC of the character, first search the FKP that describes the character to find the smallest FC in the rgfc that is larger than the character FC. If the FC found in the FKP is less than or equal to the limit FC of the piece, the end of the paragraph that contains the character is at the FKP FC minus 1. If the FKP FC that was found was greater than the FC of the end of the piece, scan piece by piece toward the end of the document until a piece is found that contains a paragraph end mark. It's possible to check if a piece contains a paragraph mark by using the FC of the beginning of the piece to search in the FKPs for the smallest FC in the FKP rgfc that is greater than the FC of the beginning of the piece. If the FC found is less than or equal to the limit FC of the piece, then the character that ends the paragraph is the character immediately before the FKP FC.

A special procedure must be followed to locate the last paragraph of the main document text when footnote or header/footer text is saved in a Word file (i.e. when fib.ccpFtn != 0 or fib.ccpHdr != 0).

In this case the CP of that paragraph mark is fib.ccpText + fib.ccpFtn + fib.ccpHdr + fib.ccpMcr + fib.ccpAtn and the limit CP of the entire plcfpcd is fib.ccpText + fib.ccpFtn + fib.ccpHdr + fib.ccpMcr + fib.ccpAtn + 1.

### Algorithm to determine paragraph properties for a paragraph in a complex file

Having found the index i of the FC in an FKP that marks the character stored in the file immediately after the paragraph's paragraph mark, it is necessary to use the word offset stored in the first byte of the fkp.rgbx[i - 1] to find the PAPX for the paragraph. Using papx.istd to index into the properties stored for the style sheet , the paragraph properties of the style are copied to a local PAP. Then the grpprl stored in the PAPX is applied to the local PAP, and papx.istd along with fkp.rgbx.phe are moved into the local PAP. The process thus far has created a PAP that describes what the paragraph properties of the paragraph were at the last full save. Now it's necessary to apply any paragraph sprms that were linked to the piece that contains the paragraph's paragraph mark. If pcd.prm.fComplex is 0, pcd.prm contains 1 sprm which should only be applied to the local PAP if it is a paragraph sprm. If pcd.prm.fComplex is 1, pcd.prm.igrpprl is the index of a grpprl in the CLX. If that grpprl contains any paragraph sprms, they should be applied to the local PAP. After applying all of the sprms for the piece, the local PAP contains the correct paragraph property values.

### Algorithm to determine table properties for a table row in a complex file

To determine the table properties for a table row in a complex file, scan paragraph-by-paragraph toward the end of the table row, until a paragraph is found that has pap.fTtp set to 1. This paragraph consists of a single row end character. This row end character is linked to the table properties of the row. To create the TAP for the table row, clear a local TAP to zeros. Then the PAPX for the row end character must be fetched from an FKP, and the table sprms that are stored in this PAPX must be applied to the local TAP. The process thus far has created a TAP that describes what the table properties of the table row were at the last full save. Now apply any table sprms that were linked to the piece that contains the table row's row end character. If pcd.prm.fComplex is 0, pcd.prm contains 1 sprm which should be applied to the local TAP if it is a table sprm. If pcd.prm.fComplex is 1, pcd.prm.igrpprl is the index of a grpprl in the CLX. If that grpprl contains any table sprms, apply them to the local TAP. After all of the sprms for the piece are applied, the local TAP contains the correct table property values for the table row.

### Algorithm to determine the character properties of a character in a complex file

It is first necessary to fetch the paragraph properties of the paragraph that contains the character. The pap.istd of the fetched properties specifies which style sheet entry provides the default character properties for the character. The character properties recorded in the style sheet for that style are copied into a local CHP. Then, the piece containing the character is located in the piece table (plcfpcd) and the fc of the character is calculated. Using the character's FC, the page number of the CHPX FKP that describes the character is found by searching the bin table (hplcfbteChpx). The CHPX FKP stored in that page is fetched and then the rgfc in the FKP is searched to locate the bounds of the run of exception text that encompasses the character. The CHPX for that run is then located within the FKP, and the CHPX is applied to the contents of the local CHP. The process thus far has created a CHP that describes what the character properties of the character were at the last full save. Now apply any character sprms that were linked to the piece that contains the character. If pcd.prm.fComplex is 0, pcd.prm contains 1 sprm which should be applied to the local CHP if it is a character sprm. If pcd.prm.fComplex is 1, pcd.prm.igrpprl is the index of a grpprl in the CLX. If that grpprl contains any character sprms, apply them to the local CHP. After applying all of the sprms for the piece, the local CHP contains the correct properties for the character.

Characters that are within the same piece, same paragraph, and same run of exception text are guaranteed to have the same properties. This fact can be used to construct a scanner that can return the limit CPs and properties of a sequence of characters that all have the same properties.

### Algorithm to determine the section properties of a section in a complex file

To determine which section a character belongs to and what its section properties are, it is necessary to use the CP of the character to search the plcfsed for the index i of the largest CP that is less than or equal to the character's CP. plcfsed.rgcp[i] is the CP of the first character of the section and plcfsed.rgcp[i+1] is the CP of the character following the section mark that terminates the section (call it cpLim). Then retrieve plcfsed.rgsed[i]. The FC in this SED gives the location where the SEPX for the section is stored. Then create a local SEP with default section properties. If the sed.fc != 0xFFFFFFFF, then the sprms within the SEPX that is stored at offset sed.fc must be applied to the local SEP. The process thus far has created a SEP that describes what the section properties of the section at the last full save. Now apply any section sprms that were linked to the piece that contains the section's section mark. If pcd.prm.fComplex is 0, pcd.prm contains 1 sprm which should be applied to the local SEP if it is a section sprm. If pcd.prm.fComplex is 1, pcd.prm.igrpprl is the index of a grpprl in the CLX. If that grpprl contains any section sprms, they should be applied to the local SEP. After applying all of the section sprms for the piece , the local SEP contains the correct section properties.

### Algorithm to determine the pic of a picture in a complex file.

The picture sprms contained in the prm's grpprl apply to any picture characters within the piece that have their chp.fSpec character == fTrue. The picture properties for a picture (the PIC described in the Structure Definitions) are derived by fetching the PIC stored with the picture and applying to that PIC any picture sprms linked to the piece containing the picture special character.

## Footnotes & Endnotes

In Word the text of footnotes and endnotes is anchored to a particular position within the document's main text , the location of its footnote/endnote reference. The following discussion only describes footnotes, with endnotes being handled identically except that the endnote data structures contain the "edn" abbreviation where footnote data structures contain the "fnd" abbreviation. There is a structure referenced by the fib, the plcffndRef, which records the locations of the footnote references within the main text address space and another structure referenced by the fib, the plcffndTxt, which records the beginning locations of corresponding footnote text within the footnote text address space . The footnote text characters in a full saved file begin at offset fib.fcMin + fib.ccpText and extends till fib.fcMin + fib.ccpText + fib.ccpFtn. In a complex fast-saved document , the footnote text begins at CP fib.ccpText and extends till fib.ccpText + fib.ccpFtn. To find the location of the ith footnote reference in the main text address space, look up the ith entry in the plcffndRef and find the location of the text corresponding to the reference within the footnote text address space by looking up the ith entry in the plcffndTxt.

When there are n footnotes, the plcffndTxt structure consists of n+2 CP entries. The CP entries mark the beginning character position within the footnote text address space of the footnote text for the footnotes defined for the file. The beginning CP of the text of the ith footnote is the ith CP within the plcffndTxt. The limit CP of the text of the ith footnote is the i+1st CP within the plcffndTxt.

The last character of footnote text for a footnote (i.e. the character at limit CP - 1) is always a paragraph end(ASCII 13). If there are n footnotes, the n+2nd CP entry value is always 1 greater than the n+1st CP entry value. A paragraph end (ASCII 13) is always stored at the file position marked by the n+1st CP value.

When there are n footnotes, the plcffndRef structure consists of n+1 CP entries followed by n integer flags, named fAuto. The ith CP in the plcffndRef corresponds to the ith fAuto flag. The CP entries give the locations of footnote references within the main text address space. The n+1th CP entry contains the value fib.ccpText + fib.ccpFtn + fib.ccpHdr + 1. The fAuto flag contains 1 whenever the footnote reference name is auto-generated by Word.

When a footnote reference name is automatically generated by Word, Word generates the name by adding 1 to the index number of the reference in the plcffndRef and translating that number to ASCII text. When the footnote reference is auto generated, the character at the main text CP position for the footnote reference should be a footnote reference character (ASCII 5) which has a chp recorded with chp.fSpec = 1.

The number of footnotes stored in a Word binary file can be found by dividing fib.cbPlcffndTxt by 4 and subtracting 1.

Now the real stuff, because all the documentation above seems to be outdated. Footnotes (and endnotes, I'll only talk about footnotes here) apparently follow the following additional rules:

- The DOP contains valuable information about the position and apperarance of footnotes. The interesting fields are fpc (0x00), rncFtn (0x02), nFtn (0x02) and also rncEdn (0x34), nEdn (0x34), epc (0x35), nfcFtnRef (0x36), nfcEdnRef (0x36), and nfcFtnRef2 (0x1ec), and nfcEdnRef2 (0x1ee). Most of these fields care about autonumbered footnotes only!
- Apart from autonumbered footnotes you can also have footnotes with custom labels. This turns out to be a nasty hack inside Word, but well. The first character of the label is recorded in the plcffndRef and the character style of the text gets changed for the whole label. Inside the footnote the character style also changes, but it's not easy to figure out the boundaries of such a label, as the user may change the text and the formatting. Due to that wv2 doesn't even try to do that and leaves it up to the consumer.

## Headers and Footers

The header and footer text characters in a full saved file begin at offset fib.fcMin + fib.ccpText + fib.ccpFtn and extend till fib.fcMin + fib.ccpText + fib.ccpFtn + fib.ccpHdr. In a complex fast-saved document , the footnote text begins at CP fib.ccpText + fib.ccpFtn and extends till fib.ccpText + fib.ccpFtn + fib.ccpHdr. The plcfhdd, a table whose location and length within the file is stored in fib.fcPlcfhdd and fib.cbPlcfhdd, describes where the text of each header/footer begins. If there are n headers/footers stored in the Word file, the plcfhdd consists of n + 2 CP entries. The beginning CP of the ith header/footer is the ith CP in the plcfhdd. The limit CP (the CP of character 1 position past the end of a header/footer) of the ith header/footer is the i + 1 st CP in the plcfhdd. Note that at the limit CP - 1, Word always places a chEop as a placeholder which is never displayed as part of the header/footer. This allows Word to change an existing header/footer to be empty.

If there are n header/footers, the n+2nd CP entry value is always 1 greater than the n+1st CP entry value. A paragraph end (ASCII 13) is always stored at the file position marked by the n+1st CP value.

The transformation in a full saved file from a header/footer CP to an offset from the beginning of a file (fc) is fc = fib.fcMin + ccpText + ccpFtn + cp.

In Word, headers/footers can be defined for a document that:

- will act as a separator between main text and footnote text
- will print below footnote text on a page when footnote text must be continued on a succeeding page (continuation separator)
- will print above footnote text on a page when the text must be continued from a previous page (continuation notice)
- will act as a separator between main text and endnote text
- will print below endnote text on a page when endnote text must be continued on a succeeding page (continuation separator)
- will print above endnote text on a page when the text must be continued from a previous page (continuation notice)

Also for each section defined for the document, distinct headers can be defined for printing on odd-numbered/right facing pages, even-numbered /left facing pages and the first page of a section. Similarly for each document section, distinct footers can be defined for printing on odd-numbered/right facing pages, even-numbered/left facing pages and the first page of a section.

The plcfhdd contains an entry for each kind of header or footer. (The grpfIhdt is no longer used to find entries in the plcfhdd.) Indices in the plcfhdd are as follows:

0 | header for even pages
1 | header for odd pages
2 | footer for even pages
3 | footer for odd pages
4 | header for first page of section
5 | footer for first page of section
6 | footnote separator
7 | footnote continuation separator
8 | footnote continuation notice
9 | endnote separator
10 | endnote continuation separator
11 | endnote continuation notice

## Page Table

Page table information is optional data which is not always stored in a Word binary file. It may be stored for the main text, footnote text and endnote text. The fib contains three FCPGD structures (fcpgdMother, fcpgdFtn, fcpgdEdn) which point to where the data is stored. Each fcpgd points to a PLF of PGD structures and a PLCF of BKD structures. The PLF of PGD descriptors contains n entries where n is the number of pages in the associated text stream. The PLC of BKDs contains >= n entries where each entry describes a single break (page break or otherwise) within the text stream. Each BKD is associated with a PGD and contains an ipgd which is an index into the PLF of PGDs. To find the CP range of a given page, traverse the BKDs searching for the first and last BKD which refer to the given page. The CP range of these BKDs is the CP range of the page.

Third-party creators of Word files should not attempt to create fcpgd structures. They can only be created properly using Word's page layout routines. If a Word document is edited in any way, the fcpgds in the fib should be filled with 0s.

## Glossary Files

A Word glossary file is a normal Word binary file with two supplemental files, the sttbfglsy, the sttbglsystyle and the plcfglsy, also stored in the file. The sttbfglsy contains a list of the names of glossary entries, the sttbglsystyle contains a list of the stylenames for every autotext entry, and the plcfglsy contains a table of beginning positions within the text address space of the file of the text of glossary entries.

The sttbfglsy begins with an integer count of bytes of the size of the sttbfglsy (includes the size of the integer count of bytes). If there are n glossary entries defined, there will follow n Pascal-type strings (string preceded by length byte) concatenated one after the other which store glossary entry names. The glossary entry names must be sorted in case-insensitive ascending order. (i.e. a and A are treated as equal). Also the names date and time must be included in the list of names. The name of the ith glossary entry is the ith name defined in the sttbfglsy. The extra field in each entry contains an index on the sttbglsystyle that indicates the stylename of the first paragraph in plcfglsy.

The sttbglsystyle is not sorted and has no duplicates. Each entry has an extra field indicating how many autotext entries have that style.

If there are n glossary entries, the plcfglsy, will consist of n+2 CP entries. The ith CP entry will contain the location of the beginning of the text for the ith glossary entry. The i+1st CP entry will contain the limit CP of the ith glossary entry. The character at a CP position of limit CP - 1 is always a paragraph mark. The n+2nd CP entry always contains fib.ccpText + fib.ccpFtn + fib.ccpHdr + 1 if there are headers, footers or footnotes stored in the glossary and contains fib.ccpText + fib.ccpFtn + fib.ccpHdr otherwise. The n+1st CP entry is always 1 less than the value of the n+2nd entry.

The text for the time and date entries will always be a single paragraph mark (ASCII 13).

## Routing Slip

A routing slip is stored in the main document stream as an RS (Routing Slip) structure followed by a set of variable length data. After the RS are 4 null terminated strings. Each string is preceded by a short containing the string length (including the null terminator). The strings are: the subject, the message text, status and title. Following these strings are a variable number (rs.cRecip) of Routing Recipient (RR) records. Each RR is immediately followed by a variable number (rr.cb) of bytescontaining private data, which is in turn followed by a null terminated string containing the recipient name.

## Autosummary

For a document for which AutoSummary View is active (specified in the ASUMYI), the plcfasumy records the result of the last AutoSummary analysis. Each ASUMY in the PLCF gives the AutoSummary level for the text starting at the corresponding CP. The level must be non-negative and no greater than the upper bound specified in the ASUMYI. The ASUMYI specifies the current summary view level. In emphasize view mode, all text at and below the current summary view level is highlighted. In reduce view mode, all text above the current summary view level is hidden.

## STTBFASSOC (Table of Associated Strings)

The following are indices into a table of associated strings:

ibst | index | description
ibstAssocFileNext | 0 | unused
ibstAssocDot | 1 | filename of associated template
ibstAssocTitle | 2 | title of document
ibstAssocSubject | 3 | subject of document
ibstAssocKeyWords | 4 | keywords of document
ibstAssocComments | 5 | comments of document
ibstAssocAuthor | 6 | author of document
ibstAssocLastRevBy | 7 | name of person who last revised the document
ibstAssocDataDoc | 8 | filename of data document
ibstAssocHeaderDoc | 9 | filename of header document
ibstAssocCriteria1 | 10 | packed string used by print merge record selection
ibstAssocCriteria2 | 11 | packed string used by print merge record selection
ibstAssocCriteria3 | 12 | packed string used by print merge record selection
ibstAssocCriteria4 | 13 | packed string used by print merge record selection
ibstAssocCriteria5 | 14 | packed string used by print merge record selection
ibstAssocCriteria6 | 15 | packed string used by print merge record selection
ibstAssocCriteria7 | 16 | packed string used by print merge record selection
ibstAssocMax | 17 | maximum number of strings in string table

The format of the ibstAssocCriteriaX strings are as follows:

    int   cbIbstAssoc:8;         // BYTE 0  size of ibstAssocCriteriaX string
    int   fCompOr:1;             // BYTE 1  set if cond is an or cond
    int   iCompOp:7;             // BYTE 1  index of Comparison Operator
    char  stMergeField[];        // Name of MergeField
    char  stCompInfo[];          // User Supplied Comparison Information

Both stMergeField and stCompInfo are variable length character arrays preceded by a length byte.

## Structure Definitions

### Autonumbered List Data Descriptor (ANLD)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | nfc | U8 |  |  | number format code 0 Arabic numbering (1, 2, 3, ...) 1 Upper case Roman (I, II, III, ...) 2 Lower case Roman (i, ii, iii, ...) 3 Upper case Letter (A, B, C, ...) 4 Lower case letter (a, b, c, ...) 5 Ordinal (1., 2., 3., ...) 6 Numbered (One, Two, Three, ...) 7 Ordinal (text) (First, Second, Third, ...) 22 Leading Zero (01, 02,..., 09, 10, 11,..., 99, 100, 101,...) 23 Bullet (check the character code in the text)
1 | 1 | cxchTextBefore | U8 |  |  | offset into anld.rgxch that is the limit of the text that will be displayed as the prefix of the autonumber text
2 | 2 | cxchTextAfter | U8 |  |  | anld.cxchTextBefore will be the beginning offset of the text in the anld.rgxch that will be displayed as the suffix of an autonumber. The sum of anld.cxchTextBefore + anld.cxchTextAfter will be the limit of the autonumber suffix in anld.rgch
3 | 3 | jc | U8 | :2 | 03 | justification code 0 left justify 1 center 2 right justify 3 left and right justify
|  | fPrev | U8 | :1 | 04 | when ==1, number generated will include previous levels (used for legal numbering)
|  | fHang | U8 | :1 | 08 | when ==1, number will be displayed using a hanging indent
|  | fSetBold | U8 | :1 | 10 | when ==1, boldness of number will be determined by anld.fBold.
|  | fSetItalic | U8 | :1 | 20 | when ==1, italicness of number will be determined by anld.fItalic
|  | fSetSmallCaps | U8 | :1 | 40 | when ==1, anld.fSmallCaps will determine whether number will be displayed in small caps or not.
|  | fSetCaps | U8 | :1 | 80 | when ==1, anld.fCaps will determine whether number will be displayed capitalized or not
4 | 4 | fSetStrike | U8 | :1 | 01 | when ==1, anld.fStrike will determine whether the number will be displayed using strikethrough or not.
|  | fSetKul | U8 | :1 | 02 | when ==1, anld.kul will determine the underlining state of the autonumber.
|  | fPrevSpace | U8 | :1 | 04 | when ==1, autonumber will be displayed with a single prefixing space character
|  | fBold | U8 | :1 | 08 | determines boldness of autonumber when anld.fSetBold == 1.
|  | fItalic | U8 | :1 | 10 | determines italicness of autonumber when anld.fSetItalic == 1.
|  | fSmallCaps | U8 | :1 | 20 | determines whether autonumber will be displayed using small caps when anld.fSetSmallCaps == 1.
|  | fCaps | U8 | :1 | 40 | determines whether autonumber will be displayed using caps when anld.fSetCaps == 1.
|  | fStrike | U8 | :1 | 80 | determines whether autonumber will be displayed using caps when anld.fSetStrike == 1.
5 | 5 | kul | U8 | :3 | 07 | determines whether autonumber will be displayed with underlining when anld.fSetKul == 1.
|  | ico | U8 | :5 | F1 | color of autonumber
6 | 6 | ftc | S16 |  |  | font code of autonumber
8 | 8 | hps | U16 |  |  | font half point size (or 0=auto)
10 | A | iStartAt | U16 |  |  | starting value (0 to 65535)
12 | C | dxaIndent | U16 |  |  | width of prefix text (same as indent)
14 | E | dxaSpace | U16 |  |  | minimum space between number and paragraph
16 | 10 | fNumber1 | U8 |  |  | number only 1 item per table cell
17 | 11 | fNumberAcross | U8 |  |  | number across cells in table rows(instead of down)
18 | 12 | fRestartHdn | U8 |  |  | restart heading number on section boundary
19 | 13 | fSpareX | U8 |  |  | unused( should be 0)
20 | 14 | rgxch | XCHAR[32] |  |  | characters displayed before/after autonumber

cbANLD (count of bytes of ANLD) is 84 (decimal), 54(hex).

### Autonumber Level Descriptor (ANLV)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | nfc | U8 |  |  | number format code 0 Arabic numbering 1 Upper case Roman 2 Lower case Roman 3 Upper case Letter 4 Lower case letter 5 Ordinal
1 | 1 | cxchTextBefore | U8 |  |  | offset into anld.rgxch that is the limit of the text that will be displayed as the prefix of the autonumber text
2 | 2 | cxchTextAfter | U8 |  |  | anld.cxchTextBefore will be the beginning offset of the text in the anld.rgxch that will be displayed as the suffix of an autonumber. The sum of anld.cxchTextBefore + anld.cxchTextAfter will be the limit of the autonumber suffix in anld.rgxch
3 | 3 | jc | U8 | :2 | 03 | justification code 0 left justify 1 center 2 right justify 3 left and right justify
|  | fPrev | U8 | :1 | 04 | when ==1, number generated will include previous levels (used for legal numbering)
|  | fHang | U8 | :1 | 08 | when ==1, number will be displayed using a hanging indent
|  | fSetBold | U8 | :1 | 10 | when ==1, boldness of number will be determined by anld.fBold.
|  | fSetItalic | U8 | :1 | 20 | when ==1, italicness of number will be determined by anld.fItalic
|  | fSetSmallCaps | U8 | :1 | 40 | when ==1, anld.fSmallCaps will determine whether number will be displayed in small caps or not.
|  | fSetCaps | U8 | :1 | 80 | when ==1, anld.fCaps will determine whether number will be displayed capitalized or not
4 | 4 | fSetStrike | U8 | :1 | 01 | when ==1, anld.fStrike will determine whether the number will be displayed using strikethrough or not.
|  | fSetKul | U8 | :1 | 02 | when ==1, anld.kul will determine the underlining state of the autonumber.
|  | fPrevSpace | U8 | :1 | 04 | when ==1, autonumber will be displayed with a single prefixing space character
|  | fBold | U8 | :1 | 08 | determines boldness of autonumber when anld.fSetBold == 1.
|  | fItalic | U8 | :1 | 10 | determines italicness of autonumber when anld.fSetItalic == 1.
|  | fSmallCaps | U8 | :1 | 20 | determines whether autonumber will be displayed using small caps when anld.fSetSmallCaps == 1.
|  | fCaps | U8 | :1 | 40 | determines whether autonumber will be displayed using caps when anld.fSetCaps == 1.
|  | fStrike | U8 | :1 | 80 | determines whether autonumber will be displayed using caps when anld.fSetStrike == 1.
5 | 5 | kul | U8 | :3 | 07 | determines whether autonumber will be displayed with underlining when anld.fSetKul == 1.
|  | ico | U8 | :5 | F1 | color of autonumber
6 | 6 | ftc | S16 |  |  | font code of autonumber
8 | 8 | hps | U16 |  |  | font half point size (or 0=auto)
10 | A | iStartAt | U16 |  |  | starting value (0 to 65535)
12 | C | dxaIndent | U16 |  |  | width of prefix text (same as indent)
14 | E | dxaSpace | U16 |  |  | minimum space between number and paragraph

cbANLV (count of bytes of ANLV) is 16 bytes (decimal), 10 bytes (hex).

### AutoSummary Analysis (ASUMY)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | lLevel | S32 |  |  | AutoSummary level

cbASUMY (count of bytes of ASUMY) is 4 bytes.

### AutoSummary Info (ASUMYI)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | fValid | U16 | :1 | 0001 | true iff the ASUMYI is valid
|  | fView | U16 | :1 | 0002 | true iff AutoSummary View is active
|  | iViewBy | U16 | :2 | 000C | Display method for AutoSummary View: 0 = Emphasize in current doc 1 = Reduce doc to summary 2 = Insert into doc 3 = Show in new document
|  | fUpdateProps | U16 | :1 | 0010 | true if we should update File Properties summary information after the next summarization
|  | unused0_5 | U16 | :11 | FFE0 | reserved
2 | 2 | wDlgLevel | S16 |  |  | Dialog summary level
4 | 4 | lHighestLevel | S32 |  |  | upper bound for lLevel for sentences in this document
8 | 8 | lCurrentLevel | S32 |  |  | show document sentences at or below this level

cbASUMYI (count of bytes of ASUMYI) is 12 bytes (decimal), C bytes (hex).

### AnnoTation Reference Descriptor (ATRD)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | xstUsrInitl | XCHAR[10] |  |  | pascal-style string holding initials of annotation author
20 | 14 | ibst | S16 |  |  | index into GrpXstAtnOwners
22 | 16 | ak | U16 | :2 | 0003 | unused
|  | unused22_2 | U16 | :14 | FFFC | unused
24 | 18 | grfbmc | U16 |  |  | unused
26 | 1A | lTagBkmk | S32 |  |  | when not -1, this tag identifies the annotation bookmark that locates the range of CPs in the main document which this annotation references.

cbATRD (count of bytes of ATRD) is 30 (decimal), 1E(hex).

### BreaK Descriptor (BKD)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | ipgd_itxbxs | S16 |  |  | except in textbox BKD, index to PGD in plfpgd that describes the page this break is on. in textbox BKD, Note: different behavior in textboxes! Check Version 1.9 or earlier for the "original" version (Werner)
2 | 2 | dcpDepend | S16 |  |  | number of cp's considered for this break; note that the CP's described by cpDepend in this break reside in the next BKD
4 | 4 | icol | U16 | :8 | 00FF |
|  | fTableBreak | U16 | :1 | 0100 | when 1, this indicates that this is a table break.
|  | fColumnBreak | U16 | :1 | 0200 | when 1, this indicates that this is a column break.
|  | fMarked | U16 | :1 | 0400 | used temporarily while word is running.
|  | fUnk | U16 | :1 | 0800 | in textbox BKD, when == 1 indicates cpLim of this textbox is not valid
|  | fTextOverflow | U16 | :1 | 1000 | in textbox BKD, when == 1 indicates that text overflows the end of this textbox
|  | unused4_13 | U16 | :3 | E000 |

cbBKD (count of bytes of BKD) is 6.

### BooKmark First descriptor (BKF)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | ibkl | S16 |  |  | index to BKL entry in plcfbkl that describes the ending position of this bookmark in the CP stream.
2 | 2 | itcFirst | U16 | :7 | 007F | when bkf.fCol is 1, this is the index to the first column of a table column bookmark.
|  | fPub | U16 | :1 | 0080 | when 1, this indicates that this bookmark is marking the range of a Macintosh Publisher section.
|  | itcLim | U16 | :7 | 7F00 | when bkf.fCol is 1, this is the index to limit column of a table column bookmark.
|  | fCol | U16 | :1 | 8000 | when 1, this bookmark marks a range of columns in a table specified by [bkf.itcFirst, bkf.itcLim).

cbBKF (count of bytes of BKF) is 4.

### BooKmark Lim descriptor (BKL)

The BKL is no longer stored in the plcfbkl or plcfatnbkl, and is instead reconstructed from the plcfbkf or plcfatnbkf when the file is opened.

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | ibkf | S16 |  |  | index to BKF entry in plcfbkf that describes the beginning position of this bookmark in the CP stream. If the bkl.ibkf is negative, add on the number of bookmarks recorded in the hplcbkf to the bkl.ibkf to calculate the index to the BKF that corresponds to this entry.

cbBKL (count of bytes of BKL) is 2.

### Border Code (BRC)

The BRC is a substructure of the CHP, PAP, PIC, SEP, TAP and TC. See also the obsolete BRC10 structure.

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | dptLineWidth | U16 | :8 | 00FF | width of a single line in 1/8 pt, max of 32 pt.
|  | brcType | U16 | :8 | FF00 | border type code: 0 none 1 single 2 thick 3 double 5 hairline 6 dot 7 dash large gap 8 dot dash 9 dot dot dash 10 triple 11 thin-thick small gap 12 thick-thin small gap 13 thin-thick-thin small gap 14 thin-thick medium gap 15 thick-thin medium gap 16 thin-thick-thin medium gap 17 thin-thick large gap 18 thick-thin large gap 19 thin-thick-thin large gap 20 wave 21 double wave 22 dash small gap 23 dash dot stroked 24 emboss 3D 25 engrave 3D codes 64 - 230 represent border art types and are used only for page borders.
2 | 2 | ico | U16 | :8 | 00FF | color code (see chp.ico)
|  | dptSpace | U16 | :5 | 1F00 | width of space to maintain between border and text within border. Must be 0 when BRC is a substructure of TC. Stored in points.
|  | fShadow | U16 | :1 | 2000 | when 1, border is drawn with shadow. Must be 0 when BRC is a substructure of the TC
|  | fFrame | U16 | :1 | 4000 |
|  | unused2_15 | U16 | :1 | 8000 | reserved

cbBRC (count of bytes of BRC) is 4.

### Border Code for Windows Word 1.0 (BRC10)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | dxpLine2Width | U16 | :3 | 0007 | width of second line of border in pixels
|  | dxpSpaceBetween | U16 | :3 | 0038 | distance to maintain between both lines of border in pixels
|  | dxpLine1Width | U16 | :3 | 01C0 | width of first border line in pixels
|  | dxpSpace | U16 | :5 | 3E00 | width of space to maintain between border and text within border. Must be 0 when BRC is a substructure of the TC.
|  | fShadow | U16 | :1 | 4000 | when 1, border is drawn with shadow. Must be 0 when BRC10 is a substructure of the TC.
|  | fSpare | U16 | :1 | 8000 | reserved

The seven types of border lines that Windows Word 1.0 supports are coded with different sets of values for dxpLine1Width, dxpSpaceBetween, and dxpLine2 Width.

The border lines and their brc10 settings follow:

line type | dxpLine1Width | dxpSpaceBetween | dxpLine2Width
no border | 0 | 0 | 0
single line border | 1 | 0 | 0
two single line border | 1 | 1 | 1
fat solid border | 4 | 0 | 0
thick solid border | 2 | 0 | 0
dotted border | 6 (special value meaning dotted line) | 0 | 0
hairline border | 7(special value meaning hairline) | 0 | 0

When the no border settings are stored in the BRC, brc.fShadow and brc.dxpSpace should be set to 0.

cbBRC10 (count of bytes of BRC10) is 2.

### Bin Table Entry (BTE)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | pn | U32 |  |  | Page Number for FKP

cbBTE (count of bytes of BTE) is 4 bytes.

### Character Properties (CHP)

The CHP is never stored in Word files. It is the result of decompression operations applied to CHPXs

The CHPX is stored in CHPX FKPS and within the STSH

#### Note

When a CHPX is stored in an FKP it is prefixed by a one-byte count of bytes that records the size of the non-zero prefix of the CHPX. Since the count of bytes must begin on an even boundary within the FKP followed by the non-zero prefix, it's guaranteed that the int and FC fields of the CHPX are aligned on an odd-byte boundary. Using normal integer or long load instructions will cause address errors on a 68000. The best technique for reconstituting the CHPX is to move the non-zero prefix to the beginning of a local instance of a CHPX that has been cleared to zeros.

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comment
0 | 0 | fBold | U8 | :1 | 0001 | text is bold when 1 , and not bold when 0.
|  | fItalic | U8 | :1 | 0002 | italic when 1, not italic when 0
|  | fRMarkDel | U8 | :1 | 0004 | when 1, text has been deleted and will be displayed with strikethrough when revision marked text is to be displayed
|  | fOutline | U8 | :1 | 0008 | outlined when 1, not outlined when 0
|  | fFldVanish | U8 | :1 | 0010 | used internally by Word
|  | fSmallCaps | U8 | :1 | 0020 | displayed with small caps when 1, no small caps when 0
|  | fCaps | U8 | :1 | 0040 | displayed with caps when 1, no caps when 0
|  | fVanish | U8 | :1 | 0080 | when 1, text has "hidden" format, and is not displayed unless fPagHidden is set in the DOP
1 | 1 | fRMark | U8 | :1 | 0100 | when 1, text is newly typed since the last time revision marks have been accepted and will be displayed with an underline when revision marked text is to be displayed
|  | fSpec | U8 | :1 | 0200 | character is a Word special character when 1, not a special character when 0
|  | fStrike | U8 | :1 | 0400 | displayed with strikethrough when 1, no strikethrough when 0
|  | fObj | U8 | :1 | 0800 | embedded object when 1, not an embedded object when 0
|  | fShadow | U8 | :1 | 1000 | character is drawn with a shadow when 1; drawn without shadow when 0
|  | fLowerCase | U8 | :1 | 2000 | character is displayed in lower case when 1. No case transformation is performed when 0. This field may be set to 1 only when chp.fSmallCaps is 1.
|  | fData | U8 | :1 | 4000 | when 1, chp.fcPic points to an FFDATA, the data structure binary data used by Word to describe a form field. The bit chp.fData may only be 1 when chp.fSpec is also 1 and the special character in the document stream that has this property is a chPicture (0x01).
|  | fOle2 | U8 | :1 | 8000 | when 1, chp.lTagObj specifies a particular object in the object stream that specifies the particular OLE object in the stream that should be displayed when the chPicture fSpec character that is tagged with the fOle2 is encountered. The bit chp.fOle2 may only be 1 when chp.fSpec is also 1 and the special character in the document stream that has this property is a chPicture (0x01).
2 | 2 | fEmboss | U16 | :1 | 0001 | text is embossed when 1 and not embossed when 0
|  | fImprint | U16 | :1 | 0002 | text is engraved when 1 and not engraved when 0
|  | fDStrike | U16 | :1 | 0004 | displayed with double strikethrough when 1, no double strikethrough when 0
|  | fUsePgsuSettings | U16 | :1 | 0008 |
|  | unused2_4 | U16 | :12 | FFF0 | Reserved
4 | 4 | unused4 | S32 |  |  | Reserved
8 | 8 | ftc | S16 |  |  | no longer stored
10 | A | ftcAscii | S16 |  |  | (rgftc[0]) font for ASCII text
12 | C | ftcFE | S16 |  |  | (rgftc[1]) font for Far East text
14 | E | ftcOther | S16 |  |  | (rgftc[2]) font for non-Far East text
16 | 10 | hps | U16 |  |  | font size in half points
18 | 12 | dxaSpace | S32 |  |  | space following each character in the run expressed in twip units.
22 | 16 | iss | U8 | :3 | 0007 | superscript/subscript indices 0 means no super/subscripting 1 means text in run is superscripted 2 means text in run is subscripted
|  | kul | U8 | :4 | 0078 | underline code: 0 none 1 single 2 by word 3 double 4 dotted 5 hidden 6 thick 7 dash 8 dot (not used) 9 dot dash 10 dot dot dash 11 wave
|  | fSpecSymbol | U8 | :1 | 0080 | used by Word internally, not stored in file
23 | 17 | ico | U8 | :5 | 1F00 | color of text: 0 Auto 1 Black 2 Blue 3 Cyan 4 Green 5 Magenta 6 Red 7 Yellow 8 White 9 DkBlue 10 DkCyan 11 DkGreen 12 DkMagenta 13 DkRed 14 DkYellow 15 DkGray 16 LtGray
|  | unused23_5 | U8 | :1 | 2000 | reserved
|  | fSysVanish | U8 | :1 | 4000 | used by Word internally, not stored in file
|  | hpScript | U8 | :1 | 8000 | reserved
24 | 18 | hpsPos | S16 |  |  | super/subscript position in half points; positive means text is raised; negative means text is lowered.
26 | 1A | lid | U16 |  |  | LID language identification code (no longer stored here, see rglid below): 0x0400 No Proofing 0x0401 Arabic 0x0402 Bulgarian 0x0403 Catalan 0x0404 Traditional Chinese 0x0804 Simplified Chinese 0x0405 Czech 0x0406 Danish 0x0407 German 0x0807 Swiss German 0x0408 Greek 0x0409 U.S. English 0x0809 U.K. English 0x0c09 Australian English 0x040a Castilian Spanish 0x080a Mexican Spanish 0x040b Finnish 0x040c French 0x080c Belgian French 0x0c0c Canadian French 0x100c Swiss French 0x040d Hebrew 0x040e Hungarian 0x040f Icelandic 0x0410 Italian 0x0810 Swiss Italian 0x0411 Japanese 0x0412 Korean 0x0413 Dutch 0x0813 Belgian Dutch 0x0414 Norwegian - Bokmal 0x0814 Norwegian - Nynorsk 0x0415 Polish 0x0416 Brazilian Portuguese 0x0816 Portuguese 0x0417 Rhaeto-Romanic 0x0418 Romanian 0x0419 Russian 0x041a Croato-Serbian (Latin) 0x081a Serbo-Croatian (Cyrillic) 0x041b Slovak 0x041c Albanian 0x041d Swedish 0x041e Thai 0x041f Turkish 0x0420 Urdu 0x0421 Bahasa 0x0422 Ukrainian 0x0423 Byelorussian 0x0424 Slovenian 0x0425 Estonian 0x0426 Latvian 0x0427 Lithuanian 0x0429 Farsi 0x042D Basque 0x042F Macedonian 0x0436 Afrikaans 0x043E Malaysian
28 | 1C | lidDefault | U16 |  |  | (rglid[0]) LID language for non-Far East text
30 | 1E | lidFE | U16 |  |  | (rglid[1]) LID language for Far East text
32 | 20 | idct | U8 |  |  | not stored in file
33 | 21 | idctHint | U8 |  |  | Identifier of Characte type 0 -> shared chars get non-FE props 1 -> shared chars get FE props (see Appendix C)
34 | 22 | wCharScale | U16 |  |  |
36 | 24 | fcPic_fcObj_lTagObj | S32 |  |  | (fcPic) FC offset in data stream pointing to beginning of a picture when character is a picture character (character is 0x01 and chp.fSpec is 1) (fcObj) FC offset in data stream pointing to beginning of a picture when character is an OLE1 object character (character is 0x20 and chp.fSpec is 1, chp.fOle2 is 0) (lTagObj) long word tag that identifies an OLE2 object in the object stream when the character is an OLE2 object character. (character is 0x01 and chp.fSpec is 1, chp.fOle2 is 1)
40 | 28 | ibstRMark | S16 |  |  | index to author IDs stored in hsttbfRMark. used when text in run was newly typed when revision marking was enabled
42 | 2A | ibstRMarkDel | S16 |  |  | index to author IDs stored in hsttbfRMark. used when text in run was deleted when revision marking was enabled
44 | 2C | dttmRMark | DTTM |  |  | Date/time at which this run of text was entered/modified by the author. (Only recorded when revision marking is on.)
48 | 30 | dttmRMarkDel | DTTM |  |  | Date/time at which this run of text was deleted by the author. (Only recorded when revision marking is on.)
52 | 34 | unused52 | S16 |  |  |
54 | 36 | istd | U16 |  |  | index to character style descriptor in the stylesheet that tags this run of text When istd is istdNormalChar (10 decimal), characters in run are not affected by a character style. If chp.istd contains any other value, chpx of the specified character style are applied to CHP for this run before any other exceptional properties are applied.
56 | 38 | ftcSym | S16 |  |  | when chp.fSpec is 1 and the character recorded for the run in the document stream is chSymbol (0x28), chp.ftcSym identifies the font code of the symbol font that will be used to display the symbol character recorded in chp.xchSym. chp.ftcSym is an index into the rgffn structure.
58 | 3A | xchSym | XCHAR |  |  | when chp.fSpec is 1 and the character recorded for the run in the document stream is chSymbol (0x28), the character stored chp.xchSym will be displayed using the font specified in chp.ftcSym.
60 | 3C | idslRMReason | S16 |  |  | an index to strings displayed as reasons for actions taken by Word's AutoFormat code
62 | 3E | idslRMReasonDel | S16 |  |  | an index to strings displayed as reasons for actions taken by Word's AutoFormat code
64 | 40 | ysr | U8 |  |  | hyphenation rule 0 No hyphenation 1 Normal hyphenation 2 Add letter before hyphen 3 Change letter before hyphen 4 Delete letter before hyphen 5 Change letter after hyphen 6 Delete letter before the hyphen and change the letter preceding the deleted character
65 | 41 | chYsr | U8 |  |  | the character that will be used to add or change a letter when chp.ysr is 2,3, 5 or 6
66 | 42 | chse | U16 |  |  | extended character set id 0 characters in run should be interpreted using the ANSI set used by Windows 256 characters in run should be interpreted using the Macintosh character set.
68 | 44 | hpsKern | U16 |  |  | kerning distance for characters in run recorded in half points
70 | 46 | icoHighlight | U16 | :5 | 001F | highlight color (see chp.ico)
|  | fHighlight | U16 | :1 | 0020 | when 1, characters are highlighted with color specified by chp.icoHighlight.
|  | kcd | U16 | :3 | 01C0 |
|  | fNavHighlight | U16 | :1 | 0200 | used internally by Word
|  | fChsDiff | U16 | :1 | 0400 |
|  | fMacChs | U16 | :1 | 0800 |
|  | fFtcAsciSym | U16 | :1 | 1000 |
|  | reserved_3 | U16 | :3 | E000 | Reserved
72 | 48 | fPropMark | U16 |  |  | when 1, properties have been changed with revision marking on
74 | 4A | ibstPropRMark | S16 |  |  | index to author IDs stored in hsttbfRMark. used when properties have been changed when revision marking was enabled
76 | 4C | dttmPropRMark | DTTM |  |  | Date/time at which properties of this were changed for this run of text by the author. (Only recorded when revision marking is on.)
80 | 50 | sfxtText | U8 |  |  | text animation: 0 no animation 1 Las Vegas lights 2 background blink 3 sparkle text 4 marching ants 5 marchine red ants 6 shimmer
81 | 51 | unused81 | U8 |  |  | reserved
82 | 52 | unused82 | U8 |  |  | reserved
83 | 53 | unused83 | U16 |  |  | reserved
85 | 55 | unused85 | S16 |  |  | reserved
87 | 57 | unused87 | U32 |  |  | reserved
91 | 5B | fDispFldRMark | S8 |  |  | (Only valid for ListNum fields). When 1, the number for a ListNum field is being tracked in xstDispFldRMark -- if that number is different from the current value, the number has changed.
92 | 5C | ibstDispFldRMark | S16 |  |  | Index to author IDs stored in hsttbfRMark. used when ListNum field numbering has been changed when revision marking was enabled
94 | 5E | dttmDispFldRMark | U32 |  |  | The date for the ListNum field number change
98 | 62 | xstDispFldRMark | XCHAR[16] |  |  | The string value of the ListNum field when revision mark tracking began
130 | 82 | shd | SHD |  |  | shading
132 | 84 | brc | BRC |  |  | border

cbCHP (count of bytes of CHP) is 136 (decimal), 88(hex).

The standard CHP is all zeros except:

hps | 20 half-points
fcPic | -1
istd | 10 (the standard character style)
lidDefault, lidFE | 0x0400 (no proofing)
wCharScale | 100
fUsePgsuSettings | -1

### Character Property Exceptions (CHPX)

The CHPX is stored within Character FKPs and within the STSH in STDs for paragraph style and character style entries.

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | cb | U8 |  |  | count of bytes of following data in CHPX.
1 | 1 | grpprl | U8[cb] |  |  | a list of the sprms that encode the differences between CHP for a run of text and the CHP generated by the paragraph and character styles that tag the run.

### Formatted Disk Page for CHPXs (CHPXFKP)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 |  | rgfc | FC[] |  |  | Each FC is the limit FC of a run of exception text.
4*(fkp.crun+1) |  | rgb | U8[] |  |  | an array of bytes where each byte is the word offset of a CHPX. If the byte stored is 0, there is no difference between run's character properties and the style's character properties.
5*fkp.crun+4 |  | unusedSpace | U8[] |  |  | As new runs/paragraphs are recorded in the FKP, unused space is reduced by 5 if CHPX is already recorded and is reduced by 5+sizeof(CHPX) if property is not already recorded.
511-sizeof(grpchpx) |  | grpchpx | U8[] |  |  | grpchpx consists of all of the CHPXs stored in FKP concatenated end to end. Each CHPX is prefixed with a count of bytes which records its length.
511 |  | crun | U8 |  |  | count of runs for CHPX FKP,

The CHP is never stored in a Word file. It is derived by expanding stored CHPXs.

### Drop Cap Specifier(DCS)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comment
0 | 0 | fdct | U8 | :3 | 0007 | default value 0 drop cap type 0 no drop cap 1 normal drop cap 2 drop cap in margin
|  | lines | U8 | :5 | 00F8 | default value 0 count of lines to drop
1 | 1 | unused1 | U8 |  |  | reserved

cbDCS (count of bytes of DCS) is 2.

### Drawing Object Grid (DOGRID)

The drawing object grid is Far East only, and it sets up a grid in which Far Eastern characters are displayed (one character per grid square).

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comment
0 | 0 | xaGrid | S16 |  |  | x-coordinate of the upper left-hand corner of the grid
2 | 2 | yaGrid | S16 |  |  | y-coordinate of the upper left-hand corner of the grid
4 | 4 | dxaGrid | S16 |  |  | width of each grid square
6 | 6 | dyaGrid | S16 |  |  | height of each grid square
8 | 8 | dyGridDisplay | U16 | :7 | 007F | the number of grid squares (in the y direction) between each gridline drawn on the screen. 0 means don't display any gridlines in the y direction.
|  | fTurnItOff | U16 | :1 | 0080 | suppress display of gridlines
|  | dxGridDisplay | U16 | :7 | 7F00 | the number of grid squares (in the x direction) between each gridline drawn on the screen. 0 means don't display any gridlines in the y direction.
|  | fFollowMargins | U16 | :1 | 8000 | if true, the grid will start at the left and top margins and ignore xaGrid and yaGrid.

cbDOGRID (count of bytes of DOGRID) is 10 bytes (decimal), A bytes (hex).

### Document Properties (DOP)

Each version of Word, the DOP gets a little bit larger. Shown below are three different versions of the DOP: for nFib values < 103, for nFib values between 103 and 105, and for nFib values > 105.. Winword 97 and later products write files with nFib > 105. Word 6.0 for the Macintosh writes files with nFib == 103 or 104. The compatibility options (copts) section was grown (to add more compatibility options in the Tools/Options/Compatibility dialog) and copied to the end of the DOP, so for files with nFib >= 103, the first copts section should be ignored (and the analogous fields in the new copts section used instead), whereas files with nFib < 103 will have DOP's without the new copts section. See below for the addition.

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comment
0 | 0 | fFacingPages | U16 | :1 | 0001 | 1 when facing pages should be printed. Default 0.
|  | fWidowControl | U16 | :1 | 0002 | 1 when widow control is in effect. 0 when widow control disabled. Default 1.
|  | fPMHMainDoc | U16 | :1 | 0004 | 1 when doc is a main doc for Print Merge Helper, 0 when not; default=0
|  | grfSuppression | U16 | :2 | 0018 | Default line suppression storage; 0= form letter line suppression; 1= no line suppression; default=0. No longer used.
|  | fpc | U16 | :2 | 0060 | footnote position code 0 print as endnotes 1 print at bottom of page 2 print immediately beneath text Default 1.
|  | unused0_7 | U16 | :1 | 0080 | unused. Default 0.
|  | grpfIhdt | U16 | :8 | FF00 | No longer used. Default 0.
2 | 2 | rncFtn | U16 | :2 | 0003 | restart index for footnotes 0 don't restart note numbering 1 restart for each section 2 restart for each page Default 0.
|  | nFtn | U16 | :14 | FFFC | initial footnote number for document. Default 1.
4 | 4 | fOutlineDirtySave | U8 | :1 | 0001 | when 1, indicates that information in the hplcpad should be refreshed since outline has been dirtied
|  | unused4_1 | U8 | :7 | 00FE | reserved
5 | 5 | fOnlyMacPics | U8 | :1 | 0100 | when 1, Word believes all pictures recorded in the document were created on a Macintosh
|  | fOnlyWinPics | U8 | :1 | 0200 | when 1, Word believes all pictures recorded in the document were created in Windows
|  | fLabelDoc | U8 | :1 | 0400 | when 1, document was created as a print merge labels document
|  | fHyphCapitals | U8 | :1 | 0800 | when 1, Word is allowed to hyphenate words that are capitalized. When 0, capitalized may not be hyphenated
|  | fAutoHyphen | U8 | :1 | 1000 | when 1, Word will hyphenate newly typed text as a background task
|  | fFormNoFields | U8 | :1 | 2000 |
|  | fLinkStyles | U8 | :1 | 4000 | when 1, Word will merge styles from its template
|  | fRevMarking | U8 | :1 | 8000 | when 1, Word will mark revisions as the document is edited
6 | 6 | fBackup | U8 | :1 | 0001 | always make backup when document saved when 1.
|  | fExactCWords | U8 | :1 | 0002 | when 1, the results of the last Word Count execution (as recorded in several DOP fields) are still exactly correct.
|  | fPagHidden | U8 | :1 | 0004 | when 1, hidden document contents are displayed.
|  | fPagResults | U8 | :1 | 0008 | when 1, field results are displayed, when 0 field codes are displayed.
|  | fLockAtn | U8 | :1 | 0010 | when 1, annotations are locked for editing
|  | fMirrorMargins | U8 | :1 | 0020 | swap margins on left/right pages when 1.
|  | unused6_6 | U8 | :1 | 0040 | reserved
|  | fDfltTrueType | U8 | :1 | 0080 | when 1, use TrueType fonts by default (flag obeyed only when doc was created by WinWord 2.x)
7 | 7 | fPagSuppressTopSpacing | U8 | :1 | 0100 | when 1, file created with SUPPRESSTOPSPACING=YES in win.ini. (flag obeyed only when doc was created by WinWord 2.x).
|  | fProtEnabled | U8 | :1 | 0200 | when 1, document is protected from edit operations
|  | fDispFormFldSel | U8 | :1 | 0400 | when 1, restrict selections to occur only within form fields
|  | fRMView | U8 | :1 | 0800 | when 1, show revision markings on screen
|  | fRMPrint | U8 | :1 | 1000 | when 1, print revision marks when document is printed
|  | unused7_5 | U8 | :1 | 2000 | reserved
|  | fLockRev | U8 | :1 | 4000 | when 1, the current revision marking state is locked
|  | fEmbedFonts | U8 | :1 | 8000 | when 1, document contains embedded TrueType fonts
8 | 8 | copts_fNoTabForInd | U16 | :1 | 0001 | compatibility option: when 1, don't add automatic tab stops for hanging indent
|  | copts_fNoSpaceRaiseLower | U16 | :1 | 0002 | compatibility option: when 1, don't add extra space for raised or lowered characters
|  | copts_fSuppressSpbfAfterPageBreak | U16 | :1 | 0004 | compatibility option: when 1, suppress the paragraph Space Before and Space After options after a page break
|  | copts_fWrapTrailSpaces | U16 | :1 | 0008 | compatibility option: when 1, wrap trailing spaces at the end of a line to the next line
|  | copts_fMapPrintTextColor | U16 | :1 | 0010 | compatibility option: when 1, print colors as black on non-color printers
|  | copts_fNoColumnBalance | U16 | :1 | 0020 | compatibility option: when 1, don't balance columns for Continuous Section starts
|  | copts_fConvMailMergeEsc | U16 | :1 | 0040 |
|  | copts_fSupressTopSpacing | U16 | :1 | 0080 | compatibility option: when 1, suppress extra line spacing at top of page
|  | copts_fOrigWordTableRules | U16 | :1 | 0100 | compatibility option: when 1, combine table borders like Word 5.x for the Macintosh
|  | copts_fTransparentMetafiles | U16 | :1 | 0200 | compatibility option: when 1, don't blank area between metafile pictures
|  | copts_fShowBreaksInFrames | U16 | :1 | 0400 | compatibility option: when 1, show hard page or column breaks in frames
|  | copts_fSwapBordersFacingPgs | U16 | :1 | 0800 | compatibility option: when 1, swap left and right pages on odd facing pages
|  | unused8_12 | U16 | :4 | F000 | reserved
10 | A | dxaTab | U16 |  |  | default tab width. Default 720 twips.
12 | C | wSpare | U16 |  |  |
14 | E | dxaHotZ | U16 |  |  | width of hyphenation hot zone measured in twips
16 | 10 | cConsecHypLim | U16 |  |  | number of lines allowed to have consecutive hyphens
18 | 12 | wSpare2 | U16 |  |  | reserved
20 | 14 | dttmCreated | DTTM |  |  | date and time document was created
24 | 18 | dttmRevised | DTTM |  |  | date and time document was last revised
28 | 1C | dttmLastPrint | DTTM |  |  | date and time document was last printed
32 | 20 | nRevision | S16 |  |  | number of times document has been revised since its creation
34 | 22 | tmEdited | S32 |  |  | time document was last edited
38 | 26 | cWords | S32 |  |  | count of words tallied by last Word Count execution
42 | 2A | cCh | S32 |  |  | count of characters tallied by last Word Count execution
46 | 2E | cPg | S16 |  |  | count of pages tallied by last Word Count execution
48 | 30 | cParas | S32 |  |  | count of paragraphs tallied by last Word Count execution
52 | 34 | rncEdn | U16 | :2 | 0003 | restart endnote number code 0 don't restart endnote numbering 1 restart for each section 2 restart for each page
|  | nEdn | U16 | :14 | FFFC | beginning endnote number
54 | 36 | epc | U16 | :2 | 0003 | endnote position code 0 display endnotes at end of section 3 display endnotes at end of document
|  | nfcFtnRef | U16 | :4 | 003C | number format code for auto footnotes 0 Arabic 1 Upper case Roman 2 Lower case Roman 3 Upper case Letter 4 Lower case Letter [This field is obsoleted by nfcFtnRef2 at 0x1ec (Werner)]
|  | nfcEdnRef | U16 | :4 | 03C0 | number format code for auto endnotes 0 Arabic 1 Upper case Roman 2 Lower case Roman 3 Upper case Letter 4 Lower case Letter [This field is obsoleted by nfcEdnRef2 at 0x1ee (Werner)]
|  | fPrintFormData | U16 | :1 | 0400 | only print data inside of form fields
|  | fSaveFormData | U16 | :1 | 0800 | only save document data that is inside of a form field.
|  | fShadeFormData | U16 | :1 | 1000 | shade form fields
|  | unused54_13 | U16 | :2 | 6000 | reserved
|  | fWCFtnEdn | U16 | :1 | 8000 | when 1, include footnotes and endnotes in word count
56 | 38 | cLines | S32 |  |  | count of lines tallied by last Word Count operation
60 | 3C | cWordsFtnEnd | S32 |  |  | count of words in footnotes and endnotes tallied by last Word Count operation
64 | 40 | cChFtnEdn | S32 |  |  | count of characters in footnotes and endnotes tallied by last Word Count operation
68 | 44 | cPgFtnEdn | S16 |  |  | count of pages in footnotes and endnotes tallied by last Word Count operation
70 | 46 | cParasFtnEdn | S32 |  |  | count of paragraphs in footnotes and endnotes tallied by last Word Count operation
74 | 4A | cLinesFtnEdn | S32 |  |  | count of paragraphs in footnotes and endnotes tallied by last Word Count operation
78 | 4E | lKeyProtDoc | S32 |  |  | document protection password key, only valid if dop.fProtEnabled, dop.fLockAtn or dop.fLockRev are 1.
82 | 52 | wvkSaved | U16 | :3 | 0007 | document view kind 0 Normal view 1 Outline view 2 Page View
|  | wScaleSaved | U16 | :9 | 0FF8 | zoom percentage
|  | zkSaved | U16 | :2 | 3000 | zoom type 0 None 1 Full page 2 Page width
|  | fRotateFontW6 | U16 | :1 | 4000 | This is a vertical document (Word 6/95 only)
|  | iGutterPos | U16 | :1 | 8000 | Gutter position for this doc: 0 => side; 1 => top.
84 | 54 | fNoTabForInd | U32 | :1 | 00000001 | (see above)
|  | fNoSpaceRaiseLower | U32 | :1 | 00000002 | (see above)
|  | fSupressSpbfAfterPageBreak | U32 | :1 | 00000004 | (see above)
|  | fWrapTrailSpaces | U32 | :1 | 00000008 | (see above)
|  | fMapPrintTextColor | U32 | :1 | 00000010 | (see above)
|  | fNoColumnBalance | U32 | :1 | 00000020 | (see above)
|  | fConvMailMergeEsc | U32 | :1 | 00000040 | (see above)
|  | fSupressTopSpacing | U32 | :1 | 00000080 | (see above)
|  | fOrigWordTableRules | U32 | :1 | 00000100 | (see above)
|  | fTransparentMetafiles | U32 | :1 | 00000200 | (see above)
|  | fShowBreaksInFrames | U32 | :1 | 00000400 | (see above)
|  | fSwapBordersFacingPgs | U32 | :1 | 00000800 | (see above)
|  | unused84_12 | U32 | :4 | 0000F000 | (reserved)
|  | fSuppressTopSpacingMac5 | U32 | :1 | 00010000 | Suppress extra line spacing at top of page like MacWord5.x
|  | fTruncDxaExpand | U32 | :1 | 00020000 | Expand/Condense by whole number of points.
|  | fPrintBodyBeforeHdr | U32 | :1 | 00040000 | Print body text before header/footer
|  | fNoLeading | U32 | :1 | 00080000 | Don't add leading (extra space) between rows of text
|  | unused84_20 | U32 | :1 | 00100000 | (reserved)
|  | fMWSmallCaps | U32 | :1 | 00200000 | Use larger small caps like MacWord 5.x
|  | unused84_22 | U32 | :10 | FFC00000 | (reserved)
88 | 58 | adt | U16 |  |  | Autoformat Document Type: 0 for normal. 1 for letter, and 2 for email.
90 | 5A | doptypography | DOPTYPOGRAPHY |  |  | see DOPTYPOGRAPHY
400 | 190 | dogrid | DOGRID |  |  | see DOGRID
410 | 19A | reserved | U16 | :1 | 0001 | Always set to zero when writing files
|  | lvl | U16 | :4 | 001E | Which outline levels are showing in outline view (0 => heading 1 only, 4 => headings 1 through 5, 9 => all levels showing)
|  | fGramAllDone | U16 | :1 | 0020 | Doc has been completely grammar checked
|  | fGramAllClean | U16 | :1 | 0040 | No grammer errors exist in doc
|  | fSubsetFonts | U16 | :1 | 0080 | if you are doing font embedding, you should only embed the characters in the font that are used in the document
|  | fHideLastVersion | U16 | :1 | 0100 | Hide the version created for autoversion
|  | fHtmlDoc | U16 | :1 | 0200 | This file is based upon an HTML file
|  | unused410_11 | U16 | :1 | 0400 | Always set to zero when writing files
|  | fSnapBorder | U16 | :1 | 0800 | Snap table and page borders to page border
|  | fIncludeHeader | U16 | :1 | 1000 | Place header inside page border
|  | fIncludeFooter | U16 | :1 | 2000 | Place footer inside page border
|  | fForcePageSizePag | U16 | :1 | 4000 | Are we in online view
|  | fMinFontSizePag | U16 | :1 | 8000 | Are we auto-promoting fonts to >= hpsZoonFontPag?
412 | 19C | fHaveVersions | U16 | :1 | 0001 | versioning is turned on
|  | fAutoVersion | U16 | :1 | 0002 | autoversioning is enabled
|  | unused412_2 | U16 | :14 | FFFC | Always set to zero when writing files
414 | 19E | asumyi | ASUMYI |  |  | Autosummary info
426 | 1AA | cChWS | S32 |  |  | Count of characters with spaces
430 | 1AE | cChWSFtnEdn | S32 |  |  | Count of characters with spaces in footnotes and endnotes
434 | 1B2 | grfDocEvents | S32 |  |  |
438 | 1B6 | fVirusPrompted | U32 | :1 | 0001 | Have we prompted for virus protection on this doc?
|  | fVirusLoadSafe | U32 | :1 | 0002 | If prompted, load safely for this doc?
|  | KeyVirusSession30 | U32 | :30 | FFFC | Random session key to sign above bits for a Word session.
442 | 1BA | Spare | U8[30] |  |  | Spare
472 | 1D8 | unused472 | U32 |  |  | Always set to zero when writing files
476 | 1DC | unused476 | U32 |  |  | Always set to zero when writing files
480 | 1E0 | cDBC | S32 |  |  | Count of double byte characters
484 | 1E4 | cDBCFtnEdn | S32 |  |  | Count od double byte characters in footnotes and endnotes
488 | 1E8 | unused488 | U32 |  |  | Always set to zero when writing files
492 | 1EC | nfcFtnRef2 | S16 |  |  | number format code for auto footnote references 0 Arabic 1 Upper case Roman 2 Lower case Roman 3 Upper case Letter 4 Lower case Letter
494 | 1EE | nfcEdnRef2 | S16 |  |  | number format code for auto endnote references 0 Arabic 1 Upper case Roman 2 Lower case Roman 3 Upper case Letter 4 Lower case Letter
496 | 1F0 | hpsZoonFontPag | S16 |  |  | minimum font size if fMinFontSizePag is true
498 | 1F2 | dywDispPag | S16 |  |  | height of the window in online view during last repag

In a file with nFib < 103-for example, documents created with Word 6.0 for Windows-the DOP would end at offset 83. Such a DOP would have a cbDOP of 84, and a cwDOP of 42.

For files with nFib >= 103, the compatibility options (copts) section at offset 8 was copied to offset 84 and expanded. Options marked "(see above)" hold the same value that the same-named field in the old copts section above had in files with nFib < 103. Such a DOPwould have a cbDOP = 88 and a cwDOP = 44.

In a file with nFib > 105 the DOP would end here. For this expanded DOP, cbDOP = 500 and cwDOP = 250.

### Document Typography Info (DOPTYPOGRAPHY)

These options are Far East only, and are accessible through the Typography tab of the Tools/Options dialog.

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comment
0 | 0 | fKerningPunct | U16 | :1 | 00000001 | true if we're kerning punctuation
|  | iJustification | U16 | :2 | 00000006 | Kinsoku method of justification: 0 = always expand 1 = compress punctuation 2 = compress punctuation and kana.
|  | iLevelOfKinsoku | U16 | :2 | 00000018 | Level of Kinsoku: 0 = Level 1 1 = Level 2 2 = Custom
|  | f2on1 | U16 | :1 | 00000020 | 2-page-on-1 feature is turned on.
|  | unused0_6 | U16 | :10 | 0000FFC0 | reserved
2 | 2 | cchFollowingPunct | S16 |  |  | length of rgxchFPunct
4 | 4 | cchLeadingPunct | S16 |  |  | length of rgxchLPunct
6 | 6 | rgxchFPunct | XCHAR[101] |  |  | array of characters that should never appear at the start of a line
208 | D0 | rgxchLPunct | XCHAR[51] |  |  | array of characters that should never appear at the end of a line

cbDOPTYPOGRAPHY (count of bytes of DOPTYPOGRAPHY) is 310 bytes (decimal), 136 (hex)..

### Date and Time (internal date format) (DTTM)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comment
0 | 0 | mint | U16 | :6 | 003F | minutes (0-59)
|  | hr | U16 | :5 | 07C0 | hours (0-23)
|  | dom | U16 | :5 | F800 | days of month (1-31)
2 | 2 | mon | U16 | :4 | 000F | months (1-12)
|  | yr | U16 | :9 | 1FF0 | years (1900-2411)-1900
|  | wdy | U16 | :3 | E000 | weekday Sunday=0 Monday=1 Tuesday=2 Wednesday=3 Thursday=4 Friday=5 Saturday=6

cbDTTM (count of bytes of DTTM) is 4.

### Font Family Name (FFN)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comment
0 | 0 | cbFfnM1 | U8 |  |  | total length of FFN - 1.
1 | 1 | prq | U8 | :2 | 03 | pitch request
|  | fTrueType | U8 | :1 | 04 | when 1, font is a TrueType font
|  | unused1_3 | U8 | :1 | 08 | reserved
|  | ff | U8 | :3 | 70 | font family id
|  | unused1_7 | U8 | :1 | 80 | reserved
2 | 2 | wWeight | S16 |  |  | base weight of font
4 | 4 | chs | U8 |  |  | character set identifier
5 | 5 | ixchSzAlt | U8 |  |  | index into ffn.szFfn to the name of the alternate font
6 | 6 | panose | U8[10] |  |  | ? This is supposed to be of type PANOSE.
16 | 10 | fs | U8[24] |  |  | ? This is supposed to be of type FONTSIGNATURE.
40 | 28 | xszFfn | U8[] |  |  | zero terminated string that records name of font. Possibly followed by a second xsz which records the name of an alternate font to use if the first named font does not exist on this system. Maximal size of xszFfn is 65 characters.

### File Information Block (FIB)

In Word version 8, the FIB is reorganized to make future extention easier, and to make it easier to make backward compatible file format changes. The FIB now consists of four substructures: the header and three arrays. The FIB header, is unchanged from past versions. The second part is an array of 16-bit "shorts", most of which were present in earlier versions in different locations. The third part is an array of 32-bit longs, many of which were scattered through the previous version FIB. Finally, there is an array of FC/LCB pairs, which were divided into several disjoint arrays in the previous FIB. Future versions of Word will add entries to the three arrays, so readers of the FIB must be careful to skip over any entries in each array that were not present in the version for which the reader was designed. Writers of the FIB must write exactly as many entries as was defined for the nFib value they put in the FIB.

The FIB structure itself:

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comment
0 | 0x0000 | wIdent | U16 |  |  | (fibh) FIBH Beginning of the FIB header magic number
2 | 0x0002 | nFib | U16 |  |  | FIB version written. This will be >= 101 for all Word 6.0 for Windows and after documents.
4 | 0x0004 | nProduct | U16 |  |  | product version written by
6 | 0x0006 | lid | U16 |  |  | language stamp -- localized version In pre-WinWord 2.0 files this value was the nLocale. If value is < 999, then it is the nLocale, otherwise it is the lid.
8 | 0x0008 | pnNext | S16 |  |  |
10 | 0x000A | fDot | U16 | :1 | 0x0001 | Set if this document is a template
|  | fGlsy | U16 | :1 | 0x0002 | Set if this document is a glossary
|  | fComplex | U16 | :1 | 0x0004 | when 1, file is in complex, fast-saved format.
|  | fHasPic | U16 | :1 | 0x0008 | set if file contains 1 or more pictures
|  | cQuickSaves | U16 | :4 | 0x00F0 | count of times file was quicksaved
|  | fEncrypted | U16 | :1 | 0x0100 | Set if file is encrypted
|  | fWhichTblStm | U16 | :1 | 0x0200 | When 0, this fib refers to the table stream named "0Table", when 1, this fib refers to the table stream named "1Table". Normally, a file will have only one table stream, but under unusual circumstances a file may have table streams with both names. In that case, this flag must be used to decide which table stream is valid.
|  | fReadOnlyRecommended | U16 | :1 | 0x0400 | Set when user has recommended that file be read read-only
|  | fWriteReservation | U16 | :1 | 0x0800 | Set when file owner has made the file write reserved
|  | fExtChar | U16 | :1 | 0x1000 | Set when using extended character set in file
|  | fLoadOverride | U16 | :1 | 0x2000 | REVIEW
|  | fFarEast | U16 | :1 | 0x4000 | REVIEW
|  | fCrypto | U16 | :1 | 0x8000 | REVIEW
12 | 0x000C | nFibBack | U16 |  |  | This file format it compatible with readers that understand nFib at or above this value.
14 | 0x000E | lKey | U32 |  |  | File encrypted key, only valid if fEncrypted.
18 | 0x0012 | envr | U8 |  |  | environment in which file was created 0 created by Win Word 1 created by Mac Word
19 | 0x0013 | fMac | U8 | :1 | 0x01 | when 1, this file was last saved in the Mac environment
|  | fEmptySpecial | U8 | :1 | 0x02 |
|  | fLoadOverridePage | U8 | :1 | 0x04 |
|  | fFutureSavedUndo | U8 | :1 | 0x08 |
|  | fWord97Saved | U8 | :1 | 0x10 |
|  | fSpare0 | U8 | :3 | 0xFE |
20 | 0x0014 | chs | U16 |  |  | Default extended character set id for text in document stream. (overridden by chp.chse) 0 by default characters in doc stream should be interpreted using the ANSI character set used by Windows 256 characters in doc stream should be interpreted using the Macintosh character set.
22 | 0x0016 | chsTables | U16 |  |  | Default extended character set id for text in internal data structures 0 by default characters stored in internal data structures should be interpreted using the ANSI character set used by Windows 256 characters stored in internal data structures should be interpreted using the Macintosh character set.
24 | 0x0018 | fcMin | U32 |  |  | file offset of first character of text. In non-complex files a CP can be transformed into an FC by the following transformation: fc = cp + fib.fcMin.
28 | 0x001C | fcMac | U32 |  |  | file offset of last character of text in document text stream + 1
32 | 0x0020 | csw | U16 |  |  | Count of fields in the array of "shorts"
34 | 0x0022 | wMagicCreated | U16 |  |  | [Beginning of the array of shorts, rgls] Unique number Identifying the File's creator 0x6A62 is the creator ID for Word and is reserved. Other creators should choose a different value.
36 | 0x0024 | wMagicRevised | U16 |  |  | identifies the File's last modifier
38 | 0x0026 | wMagicCreatedPrivate | U16 |  |  | private data
40 | 0x0028 | wMagicRevisedPrivate | U16 |  |  | private data
42 | 0x002A | pnFbpChpFirst_W6 | U16 |  |  | not used
44 | 0x002C | pnChpFirst_W6 | U16 |  |  | not used
46 | 0x002E | cpnBteChp_W6 | U16 |  |  | not used
48 | 0x0030 | pnFbpPapFirst_W6 | U16 |  |  | not used
50 | 0x0032 | pnPapFirst_W6 | U16 |  |  | not used
52 | 0x0034 | cpnBtePap_W6 | U16 |  |  | not used
54 | 0x0036 | pnFbpLvcFirst_W6 | U16 |  |  | not used
56 | 0x0038 | pnLvcFirst_W6 | U16 |  |  | not used
58 | 0x003A | cpnBteLvc_W6 | U16 |  |  | not used
60 | 0x003C | lidFE | S16 |  |  | Language id if document was written by Far East version of Word (i.e. FIB.fFarEast is on)
62 | 0x003E | clw | U16 |  |  | Number of fields in the array of longs
64 | 0x0040 | cbMac | U32 |  |  | [Beginning of the array of longs, rglw] file offset of last byte written to file + 1.
68 | 0x0044 | lProductCreated | U32 |  |  | contains the build date of the creator. 10695 indicates the creator program was compiled on Jan 6, 1995
72 | 0x0048 | lProductRevised | U32 |  |  | contains the build date of the File's last modifier
76 | 0x004C | ccpText | U32 |  |  | length of main document text stream
80 | 0x0050 | ccpFtn | U32 |  |  | length of footnote subdocument text stream
84 | 0x0054 | ccpHdd | U32 |  |  | length of header subdocument text stream
88 | 0x0058 | ccpMcr | U32 |  |  | length of macro subdocument text stream, which should now always be 0.
92 | 0x005C | ccpAtn | U32 |  |  | length of annotation subdocument text stream
96 | 0x0060 | ccpEdn | U32 |  |  | length of endnote subdocument text stream
100 | 0x0064 | ccpTxbx | U32 |  |  | length of textbox subdocument text stream
104 | 0x0068 | ccpHdrTxbx | U32 |  |  | length of header textbox subdocument text stream.
108 | 0x006C | pnFbpChpFirst | U32 |  |  | when there was insufficient memory for Word to expand the plcfbte at save time, the plcfbte is written to the file in a linked list of 512-byte pieces starting with this pn
112 | 0x0070 | pnChpFirst | U32 |  |  | the page number of the lowest numbered page in the document that records CHPX FKP information
116 | 0x0074 | cpnBteChp | U32 |  |  | count of CHPX FKPs recorded in file. In non-complex files if the number of entries in the plcfbteChpx is less than this, the plcfbteChpx is incomplete.
120 | 0x0078 | pnFbpPapFirst | U32 |  |  | when there was insufficient memory for Word to expand the plcfbte at save time, the plcfbte is written to the file in a linked list of 512-byte pieces starting with this pn
124 | 0x007C | pnPapFirst | U32 |  |  | the page number of the lowest numbered page in the document that records PAPX FKP information
128 | 0x0080 | cpnBtePap | U32 |  |  | count of PAPX FKPs recorded in file. In non-complex files if the number of entries in the plcfbtePapx is less than this, the plcfbtePapx is incomplete.
132 | 0x0084 | pnFbpLvcFirst | U32 |  |  | when there was insufficient memory for Word to expand the plcfbte at save time, the plcfbte is written to the file in a linked list of 512-byte pieces starting with this pn
136 | 0x0088 | pnLvcFirst | U32 |  |  | the page number of the lowest numbered page in the document that records LVC FKP information
140 | 0x008C | cpnBteLvc | U32 |  |  | count of LVC FKPs recorded in file. In non-complex files if the number of entries in the plcfbtePapx is less than this, the plcfbtePapx is incomplete.
144 | 0x0090 | fcIslandFirst | U32 |  |  |
148 | 0x0094 | fcIslandLim | U32 |  |  |
152 | 0x0098 | cfclcb | U16 |  |  | Number of fields in the array of FC/LCB pairs.
154 | 0x009A | fcStshfOrig | U32 |  |  | [Beginning of array of FC/LCB pairs, rgfclcb] file offset of original allocation for STSH in table stream. During fast save Word will attempt to reuse this allocation if STSH is small enough to fit.
158 | 0x009E | lcbStshfOrig | U32 |  |  | count of bytes of original STSH allocation
162 | 0x00A2 | fcStshf | U32 |  |  | offset of STSH in table stream.
166 | 0x00A6 | lcbStshf | U32 |  |  | count of bytes of current STSH allocation
170 | 0x00AA | fcPlcffndRef | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of footnote reference PLCF of FRD structures. CPs in PLC are relative to main document text stream and give location of footnote references.
174 | 0x00AE | lcbPlcffndRef | U32 |  |  | count of bytes of footnote reference PLC== 0 if no footnotes defined in document.
178 | 0x00B2 | fcPlcffndTxt | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of footnote text PLC. CPs in PLC are relative to footnote subdocument text stream and give location of beginnings of footnote text for corresponding references recorded in plcffndRef. No structure is stored in this plc. There will just be n+1 FC entries in this PLC when there are n footnotes
182 | 0x00B6 | lcbPlcffndTxt | U32 |  |  | count of bytes of footnote text PLC. == 0 if no footnotes defined in document
186 | 0x00BA | fcPlcfandRef | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of annotation reference ATRD PLC. The CPs recorded in this PLC give the offset of annotation references in the main document.
190 | 0x00BE | lcbPlcfandRef | U32 |  |  | count of bytes of annotation reference PLC.
194 | 0x00C2 | fcPlcfandTxt | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of annotation text PLC. The Cps recorded in this PLC give the offset of the annotation text in the annotation sub document corresponding to the references stored in the plcfandRef. There is a 1 to 1 correspondence between entries recorded in the plcfandTxt and the plcfandRef. No structure is stored in this PLC.
198 | 0x00C6 | lcbPlcfandTxt | U32 |  |  | count of bytes of the annotation text PLC
202 | 0x00CA | fcPlcfsed | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of section descriptor SED PLC. CPs in PLC are relative to main document.
206 | 0x00CE | lcbPlcfsed | U32 |  |  | count of bytes of section descriptor PLC.
210 | 0x00D2 | fcPlcfpad | U32 |  |  | no longer used
214 | 0x00D6 | lcbPlcfpad | U32 |  |  | no longer used
218 | 0x00DA | fcPlcfphe | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of PHE PLC of paragraph heights. CPs in PLC are relative to main document text stream. Only written for files in complex format. Should not be written by third party creators of Word files.
222 | 0x00DE | lcbPlcfphe | U32 |  |  | count of bytes of paragraph height PLC. ==0 when file is non-complex.
226 | 0x00E2 | fcSttbfglsy | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of glossary string table. This table consists of Pascal style strings (strings stored prefixed with a length byte) concatenated one after another.
230 | 0x00E6 | lcbSttbfglsy | U32 |  |  | count of bytes of glossary string table. == 0 for non-glossary documents.!=0 for glossary documents.
234 | 0x00EA | fcPlcfglsy | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of glossary PLC. CPs in PLC are relative to main document and mark the beginnings of glossary entries and are in 1-1 correspondence with entries of sttbfglsy. No structure is stored in this PLC. There will be n+1 FC entries in this PLC when there are n glossary entries.
238 | 0x00EE | lcbPlcfglsy | U32 |  |  | count of bytes of glossary PLC.== 0 for non-glossary documents.!=0 for glossary documents.
242 | 0x00F2 | fcPlcfhdd | U32 |  |  | byte offset in table stream of header HDD PLC. CPs are relative to header subdocument and mark the beginnings of individual headers in the header subdocument. No structure is stored in this PLC. There will be n+1FC entries in this PLC when there are n headers stored for the document.
246 | 0x00F6 | lcbPlcfhdd | U32 |  |  | count of bytes of header PLC. == 0 if document contains no headers
250 | 0x00FA | fcPlcfbteChpx | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of character property bin table.PLC. FCs in PLC are file offsets in the main stream. Describes text of main document and all subdocuments.
254 | 0x00FE | lcbPlcfbteChpx | U32 |  |  | count of bytes of character property bin table PLC.
258 | 0x0102 | fcPlcfbtePapx | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of paragraph property bin table.PLC. FCs in PLC are file offsets in the main stream. Describes text of main document and all subdocuments.
262 | 0x0106 | lcbPlcfbtePapx | U32 |  |  | count of bytes of paragraph property bin table PLC
266 | 0x010A | fcPlcfsea | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of PLC reserved for private use. The SEA is 6 bytes long.
270 | 0x010E | lcbPlcfsea | U32 |  |  | count of bytes of private use PLC.
274 | 0x0112 | fcSttbfffn | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of font information STTBF. The sttbfffn is a STTBF where is string is actually an FFN structure. The nth entry in the STTBF describes the font that will be displayed when the chp.ftc for text is equal to n. See the FFN file structure definition.
278 | 0x0116 | lcbSttbfffn | U32 |  |  | count of bytes in sttbfffn.
282 | 0x011A | fcPlcffldMom | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream to the FLD PLC of field positions in the main document. The CPs point to the beginning CP of a field, the CP of field separator character inside a field and the ending CP of the field. A field may be nested within another field. 20 levels of field nesting are allowed.
286 | 0x011E | lcbPlcffldMom | U32 |  |  | count of bytes in plcffldMom
290 | 0x0122 | fcPlcffldHdr | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream to the FLD PLC of field positions in the header subdocument.
294 | 0x0126 | lcbPlcffldHdr | U32 |  |  | count of bytes in plcffldHdr
298 | 0x012A | fcPlcffldFtn | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream to the FLD PLC of field positions in the footnote subdocument.
302 | 0x012E | lcbPlcffldFtn | U32 |  |  | count of bytes in plcffldFtn
306 | 0x0132 | fcPlcffldAtn | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream to the FLD PLC of field positions in the annotation subdocument.
310 | 0x0136 | lcbPlcffldAtn | U32 |  |  | count of bytes in plcffldAtn
314 | 0x013A | fcPlcffldMcr | U32 |  |  | no longer used
318 | 0x013E | lcbPlcffldMcr | U32 |  |  | no longer used
322 | 0x0142 | fcSttbfbkmk | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of the STTBF that records bookmark names in the main document
326 | 0x0146 | lcbSttbfbkmk | U32 |  |  |
330 | 0x014A | fcPlcfbkf | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of the PLCF that records the beginning CP offsets of bookmarks in the main document. See BKF structure definition
334 | 0x014E | lcbPlcfbkf | U32 |  |  |
338 | 0x0152 | fcPlcfbkl | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of the PLCF that records the ending CP offsets of bookmarks recorded in the main document. No structure is stored in this PLCF.
342 | 0x0156 | lcbPlcfbkl | U32 |  |  |
346 | 0x015A | fcCmds | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of the macro commands. These commands are private and undocumented.
350 | 0x015E | lcbCmds | U32 |  |  | undocument size of undocument structure not documented above
354 | 0x0162 | fcPlcmcr | U32 |  |  | no longer used
358 | 0x0166 | lcbPlcmcr | U32 |  |  |
362 | 0x016A | fcSttbfmcr | U32 |  |  | no longer used
366 | 0x016E | lcbSttbfmcr | U32 |  |  |
370 | 0x0172 | fcPrDrvr | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of the printer driver information (names of drivers, port, etc.)
374 | 0x0176 | lcbPrDrvr | U32 |  |  | count of bytes of the printer driver information (names of drivers, port, etc.)
378 | 0x017A | fcPrEnvPort | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of the print environment in portrait mode.
382 | 0x017E | lcbPrEnvPort | U32 |  |  | count of bytes of the print environment in portrait mode.
386 | 0x0182 | fcPrEnvLand | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of the print environment in landscape mode.
390 | 0x0186 | lcbPrEnvLand | U32 |  |  | count of bytes of the print environment in landscape mode.
394 | 0x018A | fcWss | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of Window Save State data structure. WSS contains dimensions of document's main text window and the last selection made by Word user.
398 | 0x018E | lcbWss | U32 |  |  | count of bytes of WSS. ==0 if unable to store the window state. Should not be written by third party creators of Word files.
402 | 0x0192 | fcDop | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of document property data structure.
406 | 0x0196 | lcbDop | U32 |  |  | count of bytes of document properties.
410 | 0x019A | fcSttbfAssoc | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of STTBF of associated strings. The strings in this table specify document summary info and the paths to special documents related to this document. See documentation of the STTBFASSOC.
414 | 0x019E | lcbSttbfAssoc | U32 |  |  |
418 | 0x01A2 | fcClx | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of beginning of information for complex files. Consists of an encoding of all of the prms quoted by the document followed by the plcpcd (piece table) for the document.
422 | 0x01A6 | lcbClx | U32 |  |  | count of bytes of complex file information == 0 if file is non-complex.
426 | 0x01AA | fcPlcfpgdFtn | U32 |  |  | not used
430 | 0x01AE | lcbPlcfpgdFtn | U32 |  |  |
434 | 0x01B2 | fcAutosaveSource | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of the name of the original file. fcAutosaveSource and cbAutosaveSource should both be 0 if autosave is off.
438 | 0x01B6 | lcbAutosaveSource | U32 |  |  | count of bytes of the name of the original file.
442 | 0x01BA | fcGrpXstAtnOwners | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of group of strings recording the names of the owners of annotations stored in the document
446 | 0x01BE | lcbGrpXstAtnOwners | U32 |  |  | count of bytes of the group of strings
450 | 0x01C2 | fcSttbfAtnbkmk | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of the sttbf that records names of bookmarks for the annotation subdocument
454 | 0x01C6 | lcbSttbfAtnbkmk | U32 |  |  | length in bytes of the sttbf that records names of bookmarks for the annotation subdocument
458 | 0x01CA | fcPlcdoaMom | U32 |  |  | no longer used
462 | 0x01CE | lcbPlcdoaMom | U32 |  |  |
466 | 0x01D2 | fcPlcdoaHdr | U32 |  |  | no longer used
470 | 0x01D6 | lcbPlcdoaHdr | U32 |  |  |
474 | 0x01DA | fcPlcspaMom | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of the FSPA PLC for main document. == 0 if document has no office art objects.
478 | 0x01DE | lcbPlcspaMom | U32 |  |  | length in bytes of the FSPA PLC of the main document.
482 | 0x01E2 | fcPlcspaHdr | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of the FSPA PLC for header document. == 0 if document has no office art objects.
486 | 0x01E6 | lcbPlcspaHdr | U32 |  |  | length in bytes of the FSPA PLC of the header document.
490 | 0x01EA | fcPlcfAtnbkf | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of BKF (bookmark first) PLC of the annotation subdocument
494 | 0x01EE | lcbPlcfAtnbkf | U32 |  |  | length in bytes of BKF (bookmark first) PLC of the annotation subdocument
498 | 0x01F2 | fcPlcfAtnbkl | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of BKL (bookmark last) PLC of the annotation subdocument
502 | 0x01F6 | lcbPlcfAtnbkl | U32 |  |  | length in bytes of PLC marking the CP limits of the annotation bookmarks. No structure is stored in this PLC.
506 | 0x01FA | fcPms | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of PMS (Print Merge State) information block. This contains the current state of a print merge operation
510 | 0x01FE | lcbPms | U32 |  |  | length in bytes of PMS. ==0 if no current print merge state. Should not be written by third party creators of Word files.
514 | 0x0202 | fcFormFldSttbf | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of form field Sttbf which contains strings used in form field dropdown controls
518 | 0x0206 | lcbFormFldSttbf | U32 |  |  | length in bytes of form field Sttbf
522 | 0x020A | fcPlcfendRef | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of endnote reference PLCF of FRD structures. CPs in PLCF are relative to main document text stream and give location of endnote references.
526 | 0x020E | lcbPlcfendRef | U32 |  |  |
530 | 0x0212 | fcPlcfendTxt | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of PlcfendRef which points to endnote text in the endnote document stream which corresponds with the plcfendRef. No structure is stored in this PLC.
534 | 0x0216 | lcbPlcfendTxt | U32 |  |  |
538 | 0x021A | fcPlcffldEdn | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream to FLD PLCF of field positions in the endnote subdoc
542 | 0x021E | lcbPlcffldEdn | U32 |  |  |
546 | 0x0222 | fcPlcfpgdEdn | U32 |  |  | not used
550 | 0x0226 | lcbPlcfpgdEdn | U32 |  |  |
554 | 0x022A | fcDggInfo | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of the office art object table data. The format of office art object table data is found in a separate document.
558 | 0x022E | lcbDggInfo | U32 |  |  | length in bytes of the office art object table data
562 | 0x0232 | fcSttbfRMark | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream to STTBF that records the author abbreviations for authors who have made revisions in the document.
566 | 0x0236 | lcbSttbfRMark | U32 |  |  |
570 | 0x023A | fcSttbfCaption | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream to STTBF that records caption titles used in the document.
574 | 0x023E | lcbSttbfCaption | U32 |  |  |
578 | 0x0242 | fcSttbfAutoCaption | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream to the STTBF that records the object names and indices into the caption STTBF for objects which get auto captions.
582 | 0x0246 | lcbSttbfAutoCaption | U32 |  |  |
586 | 0x024A | fcPlcfwkb | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream to WKB PLCF that describes the boundaries of contributing documents in a master document
590 | 0x024E | lcbPlcfwkb | U32 |  |  |
594 | 0x0252 | fcPlcfspl | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of PLCF (of SPLS structures) that records spell check state
598 | 0x0256 | lcbPlcfspl | U32 |  |  |
602 | 0x025A | fcPlcftxbxTxt | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of PLCF that records the beginning CP in the text box subdoc of the text of individual text box entries. No structure is stored in this PLCF
606 | 0x025E | lcbPlcftxbxTxt | U32 |  |  |
610 | 0x0262 | fcPlcffldTxbx | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of the FLD PLCF that records field boundaries recorded in the textbox subdoc.
614 | 0x0266 | lcbPlcffldTxbx | U32 |  |  |
618 | 0x026A | fcPlcfHdrtxbxTxt | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of PLCF that records the beginning CP in the header text box subdoc of the text of individual header text box entries. No structure is stored in this PLC.
622 | 0x026E | lcbPlcfHdrtxbxTxt | U32 |  |  |
626 | 0x0272 | fcPlcffldHdrTxbx | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of the FLD PLCF that records field boundaries recorded in the header textbox subdoc.
630 | 0x0276 | lcbPlcffldHdrTxbx | U32 |  |  |
634 | 0x027A | fcStwUser | U32 |  |  | Macro User storage
638 | 0x027E | lcbStwUser | U32 |  |  |
642 | 0x0282 | fcSttbttmbd | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of embedded true type font data.
646 | 0x0286 | lcbSttbttmbd | U32 |  |  |
650 | 0x028A | fcUnused | U32 |  |  |
654 | 0x028E | lcbUnused | U32 |  |  |
658 | 0x0292 | fcPgdMother | U32 |  |  | (FCPGD, beginning of array of fcPgd / fcBkd pairs rgpgdbkd). offset in table stream of the PLF that records the page descriptors for the main text of the doc.
662 | 0x0296 | lcbPgdMother | U32 |  |  |
666 | 0x029A | fcBkdMother | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of the PLCF that records the break descriptors for the main text of the doc.
670 | 0x029E | lcbBkdMother | U32 |  |  |
674 | 0x02A2 | fcPgdFtn | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of the PLF that records the page descriptors for the footnote text of the doc.
678 | 0x02A6 | lcbPgdFtn | U32 |  |  |
682 | 0x02AA | fcBkdFtn | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of the PLCF that records the break descriptors for the footnote text of the doc.
686 | 0x02AE | lcbBkdFtn | U32 |  |  |
690 | 0x02B2 | fcPgdEdn | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of the PLF that records the page descriptors for the endnote text of the doc.
694 | 0x02B6 | lcbPgdEdn | U32 |  |  |
698 | 0x02BA | fcBkdEdn | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of the PLCF that records the break descriptors for the endnote text of the doc.
702 | 0x02BE | lcbBkdEdn | U32 |  |  |
706 | 0x02C2 | fcSttbfIntlFld | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of the STTBF containing field keywords. This is only used in a small number of the international versions of word. This field is no longer written to the file for nFib >= 167.
710 | 0x02C6 | lcbSttbfIntlFld | U32 |  |  | Always 0 for nFib >= 167.
714 | 0x02CA | fcRouteSlip | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of a mailer routing slip.
718 | 0x02CE | lcbRouteSlip | U32 |  |  |
722 | 0x02D2 | fcSttbSavedBy | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of STTBF recording the names of the users who have saved this document alternating with the save locations.
726 | 0x02D6 | lcbSttbSavedBy | U32 |  |  |
730 | 0x02DA | fcSttbFnm | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of STTBF recording filenames of documents which are referenced by this document.
734 | 0x02DE | lcbSttbFnm | U32 |  |  |
738 | 0x02E2 | fcPlcfLst | U32 |  |  | offset in the table stream of list format information.
742 | 0x02E6 | lcbPlcfLst | U32 |  |  |
746 | 0x02EA | fcPlfLfo | U32 |  |  | offset in the table stream of list format override information.
750 | 0x02EE | lcbPlfLfo | U32 |  |  |
754 | 0x02F2 | fcPlcftxbxBkd | U32 |  |  | offset in the table stream of the textbox break table (a PLCF of BKDs) for the main document
758 | 0x02F6 | lcbPlcftxbxBkd | U32 |  |  |
762 | 0x02FA | fcPlcftxbxHdrBkd | U32 |  |  | offset in the table stream of the textbox break table (a PLCF of BKDs) for the header subdocument
766 | 0x02FE | lcbPlcftxbxHdrBkd | U32 |  |  |
770 | 0x0302 | fcDocUndo | U32 |  |  | offset in main stream of undocumented undo / versioning data
774 | 0x0306 | lcbDocUndo | U32 |  |  |
778 | 0x030A | fcRgbuse | U32 |  |  | offset in main stream of undocumented undo / versioning data
782 | 0x030E | lcbRgbuse | U32 |  |  |
786 | 0x0312 | fcUsp | U32 |  |  | offset in main stream of undocumented undo / versioning data
790 | 0x0316 | lcbUsp | U32 |  |  |
794 | 0x031A | fcUskf | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of undocumented undo / versioning data
798 | 0x031E | lcbUskf | U32 |  |  |
802 | 0x0322 | fcPlcupcRgbuse | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of undocumented undo / versioning data
806 | 0x0326 | lcbPlcupcRgbuse | U32 |  |  |
810 | 0x032A | fcPlcupcUsp | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of undocumented undo / versioning data
814 | 0x032E | lcbPlcupcUsp | U32 |  |  |
818 | 0x0332 | fcSttbGlsyStyle | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of string table of style names for glossary entries
822 | 0x0336 | lcbSttbGlsyStyle | U32 |  |  |
826 | 0x033A | fcPlgosl | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of undocumented grammar options PL
830 | 0x033E | lcbPlgosl | U32 |  |  |
834 | 0x0342 | fcPlcocx | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of undocumented ocx data
838 | 0x0346 | lcbPlcocx | U32 |  |  |
842 | 0x034A | fcPlcfbteLvc | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of character property bin table.PLC. FCs in PLC are file offsets. Describes text of main document and all subdocuments.
846 | 0x034E | lcbPlcfbteLvc | U32 |  |  |
850 | 0x0352 | dwLowDateTime | U32 |  |  | (a.k.a FILETIME ftModified)
854 | 0x0356 | dwHighDateTime | U32 |  |  |
858 | 0x035A | fcPlcflvc | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of LVC PLCF
862 | 0x035E | lcbPlcflvc | U32 |  |  | size of LVC PLCF, ==0 for non-complex files
866 | 0x0362 | fcPlcasumy | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of autosummary ASUMY PLCF.
870 | 0x0366 | lcbPlcasumy | U32 |  |  |
874 | 0x036A | fcPlcfgram | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of PLCF (of SPLS structures) which records grammar check state
878 | 0x036E | lcbPlcfgram | U32 |  |  |
882 | 0x0372 | fcSttbListNames | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of list names string table
886 | 0x0376 | lcbSttbListNames | U32 |  |  |
890 | 0x037A | fcSttbfUssr | U32 |  |  | offset in table stream of undocumented undo / versioning data
894 | 0x037E | lcbSttbfUssr | U32 |  |  |

cbFIB (count of bytes of FIB) is 898 (decimal), 382 (hex).

#### Note

If a table does not exist in the file, its cb in the FIB is zero and its fc is equal to that of the following table (the latter equality is irrelevant, as the cb should be used to determine existence of the table).

### File Information FC/LCB pair (FIBFCLCB)

The FIBFCLCB structure, used in the last array in the FIB:

b10 | b16 | Name | type | Bitfield Size | Bitfield Mask | Comments
0 | 0x0000 | fc | U32 |  |  | File position where data begins.
4 | 0x0004 | lcb | U32 |  |  | Size of data. Ignore fc if lcb is zero.

### Field Descriptor (FLD)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comment
0 | 0 | ch | U8 | :5 | 1F | type of field boundary the FLD describes: 19 field begin mark 20 field separator mark 21 field end mark
|  | unused0_5 | U8 | :3 | E0 | reserved
1 | 1 | flt | S8 |  |  | fld.ch == 19 (field begin mark) -> U8 field type (see flt table below). fld.ch == 20 (field separator mark) -> not present fld.ch == 21 (field end mark) -> fDiffer:1 - ignored for saved file fZombieEmbed:1 - 1 when result still believes this field is an EMBED or LINK field. fResultDirty:1 - when user has edited or formatted the result. == 0 otherwise. fResultEdited:1 - 1 when user has inserted text into or deleted text from the result. fLocked:1 - 1 when field is locked from recalc. fPrivateResult:1 - 1 whenever the result of the field is never to be shown. fNested:1 - 1 when field is nested within another field. fHasSep:1 - 1 when field has a field separator.

flt value | live/dead | field type
1 |  | unknown keyword
2 | live | possible bookmark (syntax matches bookmark name)
3 | live | bookmark reference
4 | dead | index entry
5 | live | footnote reference
6 | live | Set command (for Print Merge)
7 | live | If command (for Print Merge)
8 | live | create index
9 | dead | table of contents entry
10 | live | Style reference
11 | dead | document reference
12 | live | sequence mark
13 | live | create table-of-contents
14 | live | quote Info variable
15 | live | quote Title variable
16 | live | quote Subject variable
17 | live | quote Author variable
18 | live | quote Keywords variable
19 | live | quote Comments variable
20 | live | quote Last Revised By variable
21 | live | quote Creation Date variable
22 | live | quote Revision Date variable
23 | live | quote Print Date variable
24 | live | quote Revision Number variable
25 | live | quote Edit Time variable
26 | live | quote Number of Pages variable
27 | live | quote Number of Words variable
28 | live | quote Number of Characters variable
29 | live | quote File Name variable
30 | live | quote Document Template Name variable
31 | live | quote Current Date variable
32 | live | quote Current Time variable
33 | live | quote Current Page variable
34 | live | evaluate expression
35 | live | insert literal text
36 | live | Include command (Print Merge)
37 | live | page reference
38 | live | Ask command (Print Merge)
39 | live | Fill-in command to display prompt (Print Merge)
40 | live | Data command (Print Merge)
41 | live | Next command (Print Merge)
42 | live | NextIf command (Print Merge)
43 | live | SkipIf (Print Merge)
44 | live | inserts number of current Print Merge record
45 | live | DDE reference
46 | live | DDE automatic reference
47 | live | Inserts Glossary Entry
48 | live | sends characters to printer without translation
49 | live | Formula definition
50 | live | Goto Button
51 | live | Macro Button
52 | live | insert auto numbering field in outline format
53 | live | insert auto numbering field in legal format
54 | live | insert auto numbering field in Arabic number format
55 | live | reads a TIFF file
56 | live | Link
57 | live | Symbol
58 | live | Embedded Object
59 | live | Merge fields
60 | live | User Name
61 | live | User Initial
62 | live | User Address
63 | live | Bar code
64 | live | Document variable
65 | live | Section
66 | live | Section pages
67 | live | Include Picture
68 | live | Include Text
69 | live | File Size
70 | live | Form Text Box
71 | live | Form Check Box
72 | live | Note Reference
73 | live | Create Table of Authorities
74 | dead | Mark Table of Authorities Entry
75 | live | Merge record sequence number
76 | either | Macro
77 | dead | Private
78 | live | Insert Database
79 | live | Autotext
80 | live | Compare two values
81 | live | Plug-in module private
82 | live | Subscriber
83 | live | Form List Box
84 | live | Advance
85 | live | Document property
86 | live |
87 | live | OCX
88 | live | Hyperlink
89 | live | AutoTextList
90 | live | List element
91 | live | HTML control

Since dead fields have no entry in the plcffld, the string in the field code must be used to determine the field type. All versions of Word '97 use English field code strings, except French, German, and Spanish versions of Word. The strings for all languages for all possible dead fields are listed below.

flt value | English string | French string | German string | Spanish string | field type
4 | XE | EX | XE | E | index entry
9 | TC | TE | INHALT | TC | table of contents entry
11 | RD | RD | RD | RD | document reference
74 | TA | TA | TA | TA | Mark Table of Authorities Entry
76 |  |  |  |  | Macro
77 | PRIVATE | PRIVE | PRIVATE | PRIVATESPA | Private

### Footnote Reference Descriptor (FRD)

The FRD is stored in both the plcffndRef and the plcfendRef

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 |  | nAuto | S16 |  |  | if > 0, the note is an automatically numbered note, otherwise it has a custom mark

### File Shape Address (FSPA)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comment
0 | 0 | spid | S32 |  |  | Shape Identifier. Used in conjunction with the office art data (found via fcDggInfo in the FIB) to find the actual data for this shape.
4 | 4 | xaLeft | S32 |  |  | xa left of rectangle enclosing shape relative to the origin of the shape
8 | 8 | yaTop | S32 |  |  | ya top of rectangle enclosing shape relative to the origin of the shape
12 | C | xaRight | S32 |  |  | xa right of rectangle enclosing shape relative to the origin of the shape
16 | 10 | yaBottom | S32 |  |  | ya bottom of the rectangle enclosing shape relative to the origin of the shape
20 | 14 | fHdr | U16 | :1 | 0001 | 1 in the undo doc when shape is from the header doc, 0 otherwise (undefined when not in the undo doc)
|  | bx | U16 | :2 | 0006 | x position of shape relative to anchor CP 0 relative to page margin 1 relative to top of page 2 relative to text (column for horizontal text; paragraph for vertical text) 3 reserved for future use
|  | by | U16 | :2 | 0018 | y position of shape relative to anchor CP 0 relative to page margin 1 relative to top of page 2 relative to text (paragraph for horizontal text; column for vertical text)
|  | wr | U16 | :4 | 01E0 | text wrapping mode 0 like 2, but doesn't require absolute object 1 no text next to shape 2 wrap around absolute object 3 wrap as if no object present 4 wrap tightly around object 5 wrap tightly, but allow holes 6-15 reserved for future use
|  | wrk | U16 | :4 | 1E00 | text wrapping mode type (valid only for wrapping modes 2 and 4 0 wrap both sides 1 wrap only on left 2 wrap only on right 3 wrap only on largest side
|  | fRcaSimple | U16 | :1 | 2000 | when set, temporarily overrides bx, by, forcing the xaLeft, xaRight, yaTop, and yaBottom fields to all be page relative.
|  | fBelowText | U16 | :1 | 4000 | 1 shape is below text 0 shape is above text
|  | fAnchorLock | U16 | :1 | 8000 | 1 anchor is locked 0 anchor is not locked
22 | 16 | cTxbx | S32 |  |  | count of textboxes in shape (undo doc only)

cbFSPA (count of bytes of FSPA) is 26 (decimal), 1A (hex).

### TeXtBoX Story (FTXBXS)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | cTxbx_iNextReuse | S32 |  |  | when not fReusable, counts the number of textboxes in this story chain. when fReusable, the index of the next in the linked list of reusable FTXBXSs
4 | 4 | cReusable | S32 |  |  | if fReusable, counts the number of reusable FTXBXSs follow this one in the linked list
8 | 8 | fReusable | S16 |  |  | this FTXBXS is not currently in use
10 | A | reserved | U32 |  |  | reserved
14 | E | lid | S32 |  |  | Shape Identifier (see FSPA) for first Office Shape in textbox chain.
18 | 12 | txidUndo | S32 |  |  |

cbFTXBXS (cout of bytes of FTXBXS) is 22 (decimal), 16 (hex).

### List Format Override (LFO)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0x0 | lsid | S32 | 4 |  | List ID of corresponding LSTF (see LSTF)
4 | 0x4 | unused4 | S32 | 4 |  | reserved
8 | 0x8 | unused8 | S32 | 4 |  | reserved
12 | 0xC | clfolvl | U8 | 1 |  | count of levels whose format is overridden (see LFOLVL)
13 | 0xD | reserved | U8[3] | 3 |  | reserved

### List Format Override for a single LeVeL (LFOLVL)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | iStartAt | S32 | 4 |  | start-at value if fFormatting == false and fStartAt == true. (if fFormatting == true, the start-at is stored in the LVL)
4 | 4 | ilvl | U8 | :4 | 0x0F | the level to be overridden
|  | fStartAt | U8 | :1 | 0x10 | true if the start-at value is overridden
|  | fFormatting | U8 | :1 | 0x20 | true if the formatting is overriden (in which case the LFOLVL should contain a pointer to a LVL)
|  | unsigned4_6 | U8 | :2 | 0xC0 | reserved
5 | 5 | reserved | U8[3] | 3 |  | reserved

### Line Spacing Descriptor (LSPD)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | dyaLine | S16 |  |  | see description of sprmPDyaLine for description of the meaning of dyaLine
2 | 2 | fMultLinespace | S16 |  |  | see description of sprmPDyaLine in the Sprm Definitions section for description of the meaning of dyaLine and fMultLinespace fields.

cbLSPD (count of bytes of LSPD) is 4.

### LiST Data (on File) (LSTF)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0x00 | lsid | S32 | 4 |  | Unique List ID
4 | 0x04 | tplc | S32 | 4 |  | Unique template code
8 | 0x08 | rgistd | U16[9] | 18 |  | Array of shorts containing the istd's linked to each level of the list, or istdNil (4095) if no style is linked.
26 | 0x1A | fSimpleList | U8 | :1 | 0x01 | true if this is a simple (one-level) list; false if this is a multilevel (nine-level) list.
|  | fRestartHdn | U8 | :1 | 0x02 | Word 6 compatibility option: true if the list should start numbering over at the beginning of each section
|  | unsigned26_2 | U8 | :6 | 0xFC | reserved
27 | 0x1B | reserved | U8 | U8 |  | reserved

### List LeVeL (on File) (LVLF)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0x00 | iStartAt | U32 | 4 |  | start at value for this list level
4 | 0x04 | nfc | U8 | 1 |  | number format code (see anld.nfc for a list of options)
5 | 0x05 | jc | U8 | :2 | 0x03 | alignment (left, right, or centered) of the paragraph number.
|  | fLegal | U8 | :1 | 0x04 | true (==1) if the level turns all inherited numbers to arabic, false if it preserves their number format code (nfc)
|  | fNoRestart | U8 | :1 | 0x08 | true if the level's number sequence is not restarted by higher (more significant) levels in the list
|  | fPrev | U8 | :1 | 0x10 | Word 6 compatibility option: equivalent to anld.fPrev (see ANLD)
|  | fPrevSpace | U8 | :1 | 0x20 | Word 6 compatibility option: equivalent to anld.fPrevSpace (see ANLD)
|  | fWord6 | U8 | :1 | 0x40 | true if this level was from a converted Word 6 document. If it is true, all of the Word 6 compability options become valid; otherwise they are ignored.
|  | unused5_7 | U8 | :1 | 0x80 | unused.
6 | 0x06 | rgbxchNums | U8[9] | 9 |  | contains the character offsets into the LVL's XST of the inherited numbers of previous levels. This array should be zero terminated unless it is full (all 9 levels full). The XST contains place holders for any paragraph numbers contained in the text of the number, and the place holder contains the ilvl of the inherited number, so lvl.xst[lvl.rgbxchNums[0]] == the level of the first inherited number in this level.
15 | 0x0F | ixchFollow | U8 | 1 |  | the type of character following the number text for the paragraph: 0 == tab, 1 == space, 2 == nothing.
16 | 0x10 | dxaSpace | S32 | 4 |  | Word 6 compatibility option: equivalent to anld.dxaSpace (see ANLD)
20 | 0x14 | dxaIndent | S32 | 4 |  | Word 6 compatibility optino: equivalent to anld.dxaIndent (see ANLD)
24 | 0x18 | cbGrpprlChpx | U8 | 1 |  | length, in bytes, of the LVL's grpprlChpx
25 | 0x19 | cbGrpprlPapx | U8 | 1 |  | length, in bytes, of the LVL's grpprlPapx
26 | 0X1A | reserved | U16 | 2 |  | reserved

##

### Window's (METAFILEPICT)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | mm | S16 |  |  | Specifies the mapping mode in which the picture is drawn.
2 | 2 | xExt | S16 |  |  | Specifies the size of the metafile picture for all modes except the MM_ISOTROPIC and MM_ANISOTROPIC modes. (For more information about these modes, see the yExt member.) The x-extent specifies the width of the rectangle within which the picture is drawn. The coordinates are in units that correspond to the mapping mode.
4 | 4 | yExt | S16 |  |  | Specifies the size of the metafile picture for all modes except the MM_ISOTROPIC and MM_ANISOTROPIC modes. The y-extent specifies the height of the rectangle within which the picture is drawn. The coordinates are in units that correspond to the mapping mode. For MM_ISOTROPIC and MM_ANISOTROPIC modes, which can be scaled, the xExt and yExt members contain an optional suggested size in MM_HIMETRIC units. For MM_ANISOTROPIC pictures, xExt and yExt can be zero when no suggested size is supplied. For MM_ISOTROPIC pictures, an aspect ratio must be supplied even when no suggested size is given. (If a suggested size is given, the aspect ratio is implied by the size.) To give an aspect ratio without implying a suggested size, set xExt and yExt to negative values whose ratio is the appropriate aspect ratio. The magnitude of the negative xExt and yExt values is ignored; only the ratio is used.
6 | 6 | hMF | S16 |  |  | Identifies a memory metafile.

### Number Revision Mark Data (NUMRM)

The NUMRM structure is used to track revision marking data for paragraph numbers, and is stored in the PAP for each numbered paragraph. When revision marking tracking is turned on, we fill out the NUMRM for each number with the data required to recreate the number's text. Then at display time, that string is compared with the current paragraph number string, and displayed as changed (old deleted, current inserted) if the strings differ. The string construction algorithm is the same as for an LVL structure.

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comment
0 | 0 | fNumRM | U8 | 1 |  | True if this paragraph was numbered when revision mark tracking was turned on
1 | 1 | unused1 | U8 | 1 |  |
2 | 2 | ibstNumRM | S16 | 2 |  | index to author IDs stored in hsttbfRMark for the paragraph number change
4 | 4 | dttmNumRM | DTTM | 4 |  | Date of the paragraph number change
8 | 8 | rgbxchNums | U8[9] | 9 |  | Index into NUMRM.xst of the locations of paragraph number place holders for each level (see LVL.rgxchNums)
17 | 11 | rgnfc | U8[9] | 9 |  | Number Format Code for the paragraph number place holders for each level (see LVL.nfc)
26 | 1A | unused26 | S16 | 2 |  |
28 | 1C | PNBR | U32[9] | 36 |  | Numerical value for each level place holder in NUMRM.xst.
64 | 40 | xst | XCHAR[32] | 64 |  | The text string for the paragraph number, containing level place holders

cbNUMRM (count of bytes of NUMRM) is 128 (decimal), 80 (hex).

### Embedded Object properties (OBJHEADER)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comment
0 | 0 | lcb | U32 | 4 |  | length of object (including this header)
4 | 4 | cbHeader | U16 | 2 |  | length of this header (for future use)
6 | 6 | icf | U16 | 2 |  | Index to clipboard format of object

### Outline LiST Data (OLST)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | rganlv | ANLV[9] |  |  | an array of 9 ANLV structures describing how heading numbers should be displayed for each of Word's 9 outline heading levels
144 | 90 | fRestartHdr | U8 |  |  | when ==1, restart heading on section break
145 | 91 | fSpareOlst2 | U8 |  |  | reserved
146 | 92 | fSpareOlst3 | U8 |  |  | reserved
147 | 93 | fSpareOlst4 | U8 |  |  | reserved
148 | 94 | rgxch | XCHAR[32] |  |  | text before/after number

cbOLST (count of bytes of OLST) is 212(decimal), D4(hex).

### Paragraph Properties (PAP)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | istd | U16 |  |  | index to style descriptor . This is an index to an STD in the STSH structure
2 | 2 | jc | U8 |  |  | justification code 0 left justify 1 center 2 right justify 3 left and right justify
3 | 3 | fKeep | U8 |  |  | keep entire paragraph on one page if possible
4 | 4 | fKeepFollow | U8 |  |  | keep paragraph on same page with next paragraph if possible
5 | 5 | fPageBreakBefore | U8 |  |  | start this paragraph on new page
6 | 6 | fBrLnAbove | U8 | :1 | 0001 |
|  | fBrLnBelow | U8 | :1 | 0002 |
|  | fUnused | U8 | :2 | 0006 | reserved
|  | pcVert | U8 | :2 | 0030 | vertical position code. Specifies coordinate frame to use when paragraphs are absolutely positioned. 0 vertical position coordinates are relative to margin 1 coordinates are relative to page 2 coordinates are relative to text. This means: relative to where the next non-APO text would have been placed if this APO did not exist.
|  | pcHorz | U8 | :2 | 00C0 | horizontal position code. Specifies coordinate frame to use when paragraphs are absolutely positioned. 0 horiz. position coordinates are relative to column. 1 coordinates are relative to margin 2 coordinates are relative to page
7 | 7 | brcp | U8 |  |  | the brcp and brcl fields have been superseded by the newly defined brcLeft, brcTop, etc. fields. They remain in the PAP for compatibility with MacWord 3.0 rectangle border codes 0 none 1 border above 2 border below 15 box around 16 bar to left of paragraph
8 | 8 | brcl | U8 |  |  | border line style 0 single 1 thick 2 double 3 shadow
9 | 9 | unused9 | U8 |  |  | reserved
10 | A | ilvl | U8 |  |  | when non-zero, list level for this paragraph (0-based index! Look at the sprmPIlvl docu (Werner))
11 | B | fNoLnn | U8 |  |  | no line numbering for this paragraph. (makes this an exception to the section property of line numbering)
12 | C | ilfo | S16 |  |  | when non-zero, (1-based) index into the pllfo identifying the list to which the paragraph belongs
14 | E | nLvlAnm | U8 |  |  | no longer used
15 | F | unused15 | U8 |  |  | reserved
16 | 10 | fSideBySide | U8 |  |  | when 1, paragraph is a side by side paragraph
17 | 11 | unused17 | U8 |  |  | reserved
18 | 12 | fNoAutoHyph | U8 |  |  | when 0, text in paragraph may be auto hyphenated.
19 | 13 | fWidowControl | U8 |  |  | when 1, Word will prevent widowed lines in this paragraph from being placed at the beginning of a page
20 | 14 | dxaRight | S32 |  |  | indent from right margin (signed).
24 | 18 | dxaLeft | S32 |  |  | indent from left margin (signed)
28 | 1C | dxaLeft1 | S32 |  |  | first line indent; signed number relative to dxaLeft
32 | 20 | lspd | LSPD |  |  | line spacing descriptor
36 | 24 | dyaBefore | U32 |  |  | vertical spacing before paragraph (unsigned)
40 | 28 | dyaAfter | U32 |  |  | vertical spacing after paragraph (unsigned)
44 | 2C | phe | PHE |  |  | height of current paragraph.
56 | 38 | fCrLf | U8 |  |  |
57 | 39 | fUsePgsuSettings | U8 |  |  |
58 | 3A | fAdjustRight | U8 |  |  |
59 | 3B | unused59 | U8 |  |  | reserved
60 | 3C | fKinsoku | U8 |  |  | when 1, apply kinsoku rules when performing line wrapping
61 | 3D | fWordWrap | U8 |  |  | when 1, perform word wrap
62 | 3E | fOverflowPunct | U8 |  |  | when 1, apply overflow punctuation rules when performing line wrapping
63 | 3F | fTopLinePunct | U8 |  |  | when 1, perform top line punctuation processing
64 | 40 | fAutoSpaceDE | U8 |  |  | when 1, auto space FE and alphabetic characters
65 | 41 | fAutoSpaceDN | U8 |  |  | when 1, auto space FE and numeric characters
66 | 42 | wAlignFont | U16 |  |  | font alignment 0 Hanging 1 Centered 2 Roman 3 Variable 4 Auto
68 | 44 | fVertical | U16 | :1 | 0001 |
|  | fBackward | U16 | :1 | 0002 |
|  | fRotateFont | U16 | :1 | 0004 |
|  | unused68_3 | U16 | :13 | FFF8 | reserved
70 | 46 | unused70 | U16 |  |  | reserved
72 | 48 | fInTable | S8 |  |  | when 1, paragraph is contained in a table row
73 | 49 | fTtp | S8 |  |  | when 1, paragraph consists only of the row mark special character and marks the end of a table row.
74 | 4A | wr | U8 |  |  | Wrap Code for absolute objects
75 | 4B | fLocked | U8 |  |  | when 1, paragraph may not be edited
76 | 4C | ptap | U32 |  |  | TAP used internally by Word
80 | 50 | dxaAbs | S32 |  |  | when positive, is the horizontal distance from the reference frame specified by pap.pcHorz. 0 means paragraph is positioned at the left with respect to the reference frame specified by pcHorz. Certain negative values have special meaning: -4 paragraph centered horizontally within reference frame -8 paragraph adjusted right within reference frame -12 paragraph placed immediately inside of reference frame -16 paragraph placed immediately outside of reference frame
84 | 54 | dyaAbs | S32 |  |  | when positive, is the vertical distance from the reference frame specified by pap.pcVert. 0 means paragraph's y-position is unconstrained. Certain negative values have special meaning: -4 paragraph is placed at top of reference frame -8 paragraph is centered vertically within reference frame -12 paragraph is placed at bottom of reference frame.
88 | 58 | dxaWidth | S32 |  |  | when not == 0, paragraph is constrained to be dxaWidth wide, independent of current margin or column settings.
92 | 5C | brcTop | BRC |  |  | specification for border above paragraph
96 | 60 | brcLeft | BRC |  |  | specification for border to the left of paragraph
100 | 64 | brcBottom | BRC |  |  | specification for border below paragraph
104 | 68 | brcRight | BRC |  |  | specification for border to the right of paragraph
108 | 6C | brcBetween | BRC |  |  | specification of border to place between conforming paragraphs. Two paragraphs conform when both have borders, their brcLeft and brcRight matches, their widths are the same, they both belong to tables or both do not, and have the same absolute positioning props.
112 | 70 | brcBar | BRC |  |  | specification of border to place on outside of text when facing pages are to be displayed.
116 | 74 | dxaFromText | S32 |  |  | horizontal distance to be maintained between an absolutely positioned paragraph and any non-absolute positioned text
120 | 78 | dyaFromText | S32 |  |  | vertical distance to be maintained between an absolutely positioned paragraph and any non-absolute positioned text
124 | 7C | dyaHeight | U16 | :15 | 7FFF | height of abs obj; 0 == Auto
|  | fMinHeight | U16 | :1 | 8000 | 0 = Exact, 1 = At Least
126 | 7E | shd | SHD |  |  | shading
128 | 80 | dcs | DCS |  |  | drop cap specifier (see DCS definition)
130 | 82 | lvl | S8 |  |  |
131 | 83 | fNumRMIns | S8 |  |  |
132 | 84 | anld | ANLD |  |  | autonumber list descriptor (see ANLD definition)
216 | D8 | fPropRMark | S16 |  |  | when 1, properties have been changed with revision marking on
218 | DA | ibstPropRMark | S16 |  |  | index to author IDs stored in hsttbfRMark. used when properties have been changed when revision marking was enabled
220 | DC | dttmPropRMark | DTTM |  |  | Date/time at which properties of this were changed for this run of text by the author. (Only recorded when revision marking is on.)
224 | E0 | numrm | NUMRM |  |  | paragraph numbering revision mark data (see NUMRM)
352 | 160 | itbdMac | S16 |  |  | number of tabs stops defined for paragraph. Must be >= 0 and <= 64.
354 | 162 | rgdxaTab | std::vector |  |  | array of { positions of itbdMac tab stops ; itbdMac tab descriptors } itbdMax == 64. The SPEC doesn't have such a structure, obviously. This is a wv2 change. (This data is never in the file as is, it comes from the SPRMs).

cbPAP (count of bytes of PAP) is 610 (decimal), 262(hex)

The standard PAP is all zeros except:

fWidowControl | 1
fMultLineSpace | 1
dyaLine | 240 twips
lvl | 9

### Paragraph Property Exceptions (PAPX)

The PAPX is stored within FKPs and within the STSH.

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | cb | U8 |  |  | count of bytes of following data in PAPX. The first byte of a PAPX is a count of bytes when a PAPX is stored in a STSH. Count of bytes is used because only paragraph sprms are stored in a STSH PAPX.
0 | 0 | cw | U8 |  |  | count of words for this byte and the following data in PAPX. The first byte of a PAPX is a count of words when PAPX is stored in an FKP. If this value is 0, it is a 'pad' byte and the count is stored in the following byte, Count of words is used because PAPX in an FKP can contain paragraph and table sprms.
1 | 1 | (cw) | U8 |  |  | if previous byte is 0, this is the count of words of following data in PAPX (not including this and previous 'pad' byte)
1/2 | 1/2 | istd | U16 |  |  | index to style descriptor of the style from which the paragraph inherits its paragraph and character properties
3/4 | 3/4 | grpprl | character array |  |  | a list of the sprms that encode the differences between PAP for a paragraph and the PAP for the style used. When a paragraph bound is also the end of a table row, the PAPX also contains a list of table sprms which express the difference of table row's TAP from an empty TAP that has been cleared to zeros. The table sprms are recorded in the list after all of the paragraph sprms. See Sprms definitions for list of sprms that are used in PAPXs.

For calculating papx.cw when storing in a FKP: For even-sized grpprl's, the grpprl plus the istd and cw bytes will be an even number of bytes, so we store the count of words for all three elements in papx.cw. For odd-sized grpprl's, the three elements will be an odd number of bytes, which can't be represented with a count of words; so, we store a 'pad' byte of 0 at the beginning (in the normal cw location), followed by a count that is the size of the grpprl and istd byte only (since that's an even number of bytes). In either case, papx.cw is immediately followed by the istd and grpprl.

### Formatted Disk Page for PAPXs (PAPXFKP)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 |  | rgfc | FC[fkp.crun+1] |  |  | Each FC is the limit FC of a paragraph (i.e. points to the next character past an end of paragraph mark). There will be fkp.crun+1 recorded in the FKP.
4*(fkp.crun+1) |  | rgbx | BX[fkp.crun] |  |  | an array of the BX data structure. The ith BX entry in the array describes the paragraph beginning at fkp.rgfc[i]. The BX is a 13 byte data structure. The first byte of each BX is the word offset of the PAPX recorded for the paragraph corresponding to this BX. .. If the byte stored is 0, this represents a 1 line paragraph 15 pixels high with Normal style (stc == 0) whose column width is 7980 dxas. The last 12 bytes of the BX is a PHE structure which stores the current paragraph height for the paragraph corresponding to the BX. If a plcfphe has an entry that maps to the FC for this paragraph, that entry's PHE overrides the PHE stored in the FKP.11*fkp.crun+4 unused space. As new runs/paragraphs are recorded in the FKP, unused space is reduced by 17 if CHPX/PAPX is already recorded and is reduced by 17+sizeof(PAPX) if property is not already recorded.
511-sizeof(grppapx) |  | grppapx | U8[] |  |  | grppapx consists of all of the PAPXs stored in FKP concatenated end to end. Each PAPX begins with a count of words which records its length padded to a word boundary.
511 |  | crun | U8 |  |  | count of paragraphs for PAPX FKP.

The PAP is never stored in a Word file. It is derived by expanding stored PAPXs.

### Piece Descriptor (PCD)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comment
0 | 0 | fNoParaLast | U16 | :1 | 0001 | when 1, means that piece contains no end of paragraph marks.
|  | fPaphNil | U16 | :1 | 0002 | used internally by Word
|  | fCopied | U16 | :1 | 0004 | used internally by Word
|  | unused0_3 | U16 | :5 | 00F8 |
|  | fn | U16 | :8 | FF00 | used internally by Word
2 | 2 | fc | U32 |  |  | file offset of beginning of piece. The size of the ith piece can be determined by subtracting rgcp[i] of the containing plcfpcd from its rgcp[i+1].
6 | 6 | prm | PRM |  |  | contains either a single sprm or else an index number of the grpprl which contains the sprms that modify the properties of the piece.

cbPCD (count of bytes of PCD) is 8.

### Page Descriptor (PGD)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | fContinue | U16 | :1 | 0001 | 1 only when footnote is continued from previous page
|  | fUnk | U16 | :1 | 0002 | 1 when page is dirty (i.e. pagination cannot be trusted)
|  | fRight | U16 | :1 | 0004 | 1 when right hand side page
|  | fPgnRestart | U16 | :1 | 0008 | 1 when page number must be reset to 1.
|  | fEmptyPage | U16 | :1 | 0010 | 1 when section break forced page to be empty.
|  | fAllFtn | U16 | :1 | 0020 | 1 when page contains nothing but footnotes
|  | unused0_6 | U16 | :1 | 0040 | unused
|  | fTableBreaks | U16 | :1 | 0080 | table breaks have been calculated for this page.
|  | fMarked | U16 | :1 | 0100 | used temporarily while word is running.
|  | fColumnBreaks | U16 | :1 | 0200 | column breaks have been calculated for this page.
|  | fTableHeader | U16 | :1 | 0400 | page had a table header at the end
|  | fNewPage | U16 | :1 | 0800 | page has never been valid since created, must recalculate the bounds of this page. If this is the last page, this PGD may really represent many pages.
|  | bkc | U16 | :4 | F000 | section break code
2 | 2 | lnn | U16 |  |  | line number of first line, -1 if no line numbering
4 | 4 | pgn | U16 |  |  | page number as printed
6 | 6 | dym | S32 |  |  |

When we have a blank page or footnote-only page, we redefine the fields at the beginning of the PGD as shown in the alternate description below:

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | unused0_0 | U16 | :4 | 000F |
|  | fGhost | U16 | :2 | 0030 | redefine fEmptyPage and fAllFtn. true when blank page or footnote only page
|  | unused0_6 | U16 | :10 | FFC0 |

cbPGD (count of bytes of PGD) is 10.

### Paragraph Height (PHE)

The PHE is a substructure of the PAP and the PAPXFKP and is also stored in the PLCFPHE.

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | fSpare | U16 | :1 | 0001 | reserved
|  | fUnk | U16 | :1 | 0002 | PHE entry is invalid when == 1
|  | fDiffLines | U16 | :1 | 0004 | when 1, total height of paragraph is known but lines in paragraph have different heights.
|  | unused0_3 | U16 | :5 | 00F8 | reserved
|  | clMac | U16 | :8 | FF00 | when fDiffLines is 0 is number of lines in paragraph
2 | 2 | unused2 | U16 |  |  | reserved
4 | 4 | dxaCol | S32 |  |  | width of lines in paragraph
8 | 8 | dym | S32 |  |  | when fDiffLines is 0, is height of every line in paragraph in pixels (dymLine) when fDiffLines is 1, is the total height in pixels of the paragraph (dymHeight)

### Paragraph Height in a Table (PHE2)

If the PHE is stored in a PAP whose fTtp field is set (non-zero), the following structure is used:

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | fSpare | U32 | :1 | 0001 | reserved
|  | fUnk | U32 | :1 | 0002 | PHE entry is invalid when == 1
|  | dcpTtpNext | U32 | :30 |  | if not == 0, used as a hint when finding the next row
4 | 4 | dxaCol | S32 |  |  |
8 | 8 | dymTableHeight | S32 |  |  | height of table row

cbPHE (the count of bytes of PHE) is 12.

If there is no paragraph height information stored for a paragraph, all of the fields in the PHE are set to 0. If a paragraph contains more than 127 lines, the clMac, dylLine variant cannot be used, so fDiffLines must be set to 1 and the total size of the paragraph stored in dylHeight. If a paragraph height is greater than 32767 twips, the height cannot be represented by a PHE so all fields of the PHE must be set to 0.

If a new Word file is created, the PHE of every papx fkp entry created to describe the paragraphs of the file should be set to 0. If a Word file is altered in place (a character of the file changed to a new character or a property changed), the paragraph containing the change must have its papx.phe field set to 0. If this paragraph is in a table row, the PHE in the papx at the end of the row (indicated by fInTable) must also be set to 0.

### Picture Descriptor (on File) (PICF)

The PICF is followed by a variable array of bytes containing Window's metafile, bitmap or TIFF file filename.

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | lcb | U32 |  |  | number of bytes in the PIC structure plus size of following picture data which may be a Window's metafile, a bitmap, or the filename of a TIFF file. In the case of a Macintosh PICT picture, this includes the size of the PIC, the standard "x" metafile, and the Macintosh PICT data. See Appendix B for more information.
4 | 4 | cbHeader | U16 |  |  | number of bytes in the PIC (to allow for future expansion).
6 | 6 | mfp | METAFILEPICT |  |  | If a Windows metafile is stored immediately following the PIC structure, the mfp is a Window's METAFILEPICT structure. When the data immediately following the PIC is a TIFF filename, mfp.mm == 98 If a bitmap is stored after the pic, mfp.mm == 99 When the PIC describes a bitmap, mfp.xExt is the width of the bitmap in pixels and mfp.yExt is the height of the bitmap in pixels..
14 | E | bm_rcWinMF | U8[14] |  |  | Window's bitmap structure when PIC describes a BITMAP (14 bytes). Rect for window origin and extents when metafile is stored -- ignored if 0 (8 bytes).
28 | 1C | dxaGoal | S16 |  |  | horizontal measurement in twips of the rectangle the picture should be imaged within. when scaling bitmaps, dxaGoal and dyaGoal may be ignored if the operation would cause the bitmap to shrink or grow by a non -power-of-two factor
30 | 1E | dyaGoal | S16 |  |  | vertical measurement in twips of the rectangle the picture should be imaged within.
32 | 20 | mx | U16 |  |  | horizontal scaling factor supplied by user expressed in .001% units.
34 | 22 | my | U16 |  |  | vertical scaling factor supplied by user expressed in .001% units.
36 | 24 | dxaCropLeft | S16 |  |  | the amount the picture has been cropped on the left in twips. for all of the Crop values, a positive measurement means the specified border has been moved inward from its original setting and a negative measurement means the border has been moved outward from its original setting.
38 | 26 | dyaCropTop | S16 |  |  | the amount the picture has been cropped on the top in twips.
40 | 28 | dxaCropRight | S16 |  |  | the amount the picture has been cropped on the right in twips.
42 | 2A | dyaCropBottom | S16 |  |  | the amount the picture has been cropped on the bottom in twips.
44 | 2C | brcl | U16 | :4 | 000F | Obsolete, superseded by brcTop, etc. In WinWord 1.x, it was the type of border to place around picture 0 single 1 thick 2 double 3 shadow
|  | fFrameEmpty | U16 | :1 | 0010 | picture consists of a single frame
|  | fBitmap | U16 | :1 | 0020 | ==1, when picture is just a bitmap
|  | fDrawHatch | U16 | :1 | 0040 | ==1, when picture is an active OLE object
|  | fError | U16 | :1 | 0080 | ==1, when picture is just an error message
|  | bpp | U16 | :8 | FF00 | bits per pixel 0 unknown 1 monochrome 4 VGA
46 | 2E | brcTop | BRC |  |  | specification for border above picture
50 | 32 | brcLeft | BRC |  |  | specification for border to the left of picture
54 | 36 | brcBottom | BRC |  |  | specification for border below picture
58 | 3A | brcRight | BRC |  |  | specification for border to the right of picture
62 | 3E | dxaOrigin | S16 |  |  | horizontal offset of hand annotation origin
64 | 40 | dyaOrigin | S16 |  |  | vertical offset of hand annotation origin
66 | 42 | cProps | S16 |  |  | unused

This is followed by a variable array of bytes containing Window's metafile, bitmap or TIFF file filename.

### Plex of CPs stored in File (PLCF)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comment
0 |  | rgfc | FC[] |  |  | given that the size of PLCF is cb and the size of the structure stored in plc is cbStruct, then the number of structure instances stored in PLCF, iMac is given by (cb -4)/(4 + cbStruct) The number of FCs stored in the PLCF will be iMac + 1.
4*(iMac+1) |  | rgstruct | U8[] |  |  | array of some arbitrary structure.

cbPLC (count of bytes of a PLC) is iMac(4 + cbStruct) + 4.

### Property Modifier(variant 1) (PRM)

The PRM has two variants. In the first variant, the PRM records a single sprm with a bit- or byte-sized operand.

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comment
0 | 0 | fComplex | U16 | :1 | 0001 | set to 0 for variant 1
|  | isprm | U16 | :7 | 00FE | index to entry into rgsprmPrm
|  | val | U16 | :8 | FF00 | sprm's operand

cbPRM (count of bytes of PRM) is 2.

Since isprm is 7 bits, rgsprmPrm can hold 0x80 entries.

{sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmPIncLvl, sprmPJc, sprmPFSideBySide, sprmPFKeep, sprmPFKeepFollow, sprmPFPageBreakBefore, sprmPBrcl, sprmPBrcp, sprmPIlvl, sprmNoop, sprmPFNoLineNumb, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmPFInTable, sprmPFTtp, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmPPc, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmPWr, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmPFNoAutoHyph, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmPFLocked, sprmPFWidowControl, sprmNoop, sprmPFKinsoku, sprmPFWordWrap, sprmPFOverflowPunct, sprmPFTopLinePunct, sprmPFAutoSpaceDE, sprmPFAutoSpaceDN, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmPISnapBaseLine, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmCFStrikeRM, sprmCFRMark, sprmCFFldVanish, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmCFData, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmCFOle2, sprmNoop, sprmCHighlight, sprmCFEmboss, sprmCSfxText, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmCPlain, sprmNoop, sprmCFBold, sprmCFItalic, sprmCFStrike, sprmCFOutline, sprmCFShadow, sprmCFSmallCaps, sprmCFCaps, sprmCFVanish, sprmNoop, sprmCKul, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmCIco, sprmNoop, sprmCHpsInc, sprmNoop, sprmCHpsPosAdj, sprmNoop, sprmCIss, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmCFDStrike, sprmCFImprint, sprmCFSpec, sprmCFObj, sprmPicBrcl, sprmPOutLvl, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmNoop, sprmPPnbrRMarkNot}

### Property Modifier(variant 2) (PRM2)

In the second variant, prm.fComplex is 1, and the rest of the structure records an index to a grpprl stored in the CLX (described in Complex File Format topic).

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comment
0 | 0 | fComplex | U16 | :1 | 0001 | set to 1 for variant 2
|  | igrpprl | U16 | :15 | FFFE | index to a grpprl stored in CLX portion of file.

cbPRM (count of bytes of PRM) is 2.

### Routing Recipient (RR)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | cb | U16 |  |  | count of bytes of private system data
2 | 2 | cbSzRecip | U16 |  |  | count of bytes in recipient string (including null terminator).

cbRR (count of bytes of RR) is 4.

### Routing Slip (RS)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | fRouted | S16 |  |  | when 1, document has been routed to at least one recipient.
2 | 2 | fReturnOrig | S16 |  |  | when 1, document should be routed to the originator after it has been routed to all recipients.
4 | 4 | fTrackStatus | S16 |  |  | when 1, a status message is sent to the originator each time the document is forwarded to a recipient on the routing list.
6 | 6 | fDirty | S16 |  |  | unused( should be 0)
8 | 8 | nProtect | S16 |  |  | document protection while routing 0 recipients can make changes to the document and all changes are untracked. 1 recipients can add annotations and make changes to the document. Any changes are tracked by revision marks, and revision marking cannot be turned off. 2 recipients can only add annotations to the document. 3 recipients can enter information only in form fields.
10 | A | iStage | S16 |  |  | index of the current recipient.
12 | C | delOption | S16 |  |  | when 0, document is routed to each recipient in turn. when 1, document is routed to all recipients simultaneously.
14 | E | cRecip | S16 |  |  | count of recipients.

cbRS (count of bytes of RS) is 16 (decimal), 10 (hex).

### Section Descriptor (SED)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | fn | S16 |  |  | used internally by Word
2 | 2 | fcSepx | U32 |  |  | file offset in main stream to beginning of SEPX stored for section. If sed.fcSepx == 0xFFFFFFFF, the section properties for the section are equal to the standard SEP (see SEP definition).
6 | 6 | fnMpr | S16 |  |  | used internally by Word
8 | 8 | fcMpr | U32 |  |  | points to offset in FC space of main stream where the Macintosh Print Record for a document created on a Mac will be stored

cbSED (count of bytes of SED) is 12 (decimal), C (hex).

### Section Properties (SEP)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | bkc | U8 |  |  | break code: 0 No break 1 New column 2 New page 3 Even page 4 Odd page
1 | 1 | fTitlePage | U8 |  |  | set to 1 when a title page is to be displayed
2 | 2 | fAutoPgn | S8 |  |  | only for Mac compatibility, used only during open, when 1, sep.dxaPgn and sep.dyaPgn are valid page number locations
3 | 3 | nfcPgn | U8 |  |  | page number format code: 0 Arabic 1 Roman (upper case) 2 Roman (lower case) 3 Letter (upper case) 4 Letter (lower case)
4 | 4 | fUnlocked | U8 |  |  | set to 1, when a section in a locked document is unlocked
5 | 5 | cnsPgn | U8 |  |  | chapter number separator for page numbers
6 | 6 | fPgnRestart | U8 |  |  | set to 1 when page numbering should be restarted at the beginning of this section
7 | 7 | fEndNote | U8 |  |  | when 1, footnotes placed at end of section. When 0, footnotes are placed at bottom of page.
8 | 8 | lnc | S8 |  |  | line numbering code: 0 Per page 1 Restart 2 Continue
9 | 9 | grpfIhdt | S8 |  |  | specification of which headers and footers are included in this section. See explanation in Headers and Footers topic. No longer used.
10 | A | nLnnMod | U16 |  |  | if 0, no line numbering, otherwise this is the line number modulus (e.g. if nLnnMod is 5, line numbers appear on line 5, 10, etc.)
12 | C | dxaLnn | S32 |  |  | distance of
16 | 10 | dxaPgn | S16 |  |  | when fAutoPgn ==1, gives the x position of auto page number on page in twips (for Mac compatibility only)
18 | 12 | dyaPgn | S16 |  |  | when fAutoPgn ==1, gives the y position of auto page number on page in twips (for Mac compatibility only)
20 | 14 | fLBetween | S8 |  |  | when ==1, draw vertical lines between columns
21 | 15 | vjc | S8 |  |  | vertical justification code 0 top justified 1 centered 2 fully justified vertically 3 bottom justified
22 | 16 | dmBinFirst | U16 |  |  | bin number supplied from windows printer driver indicating which bin the first page of section will be printed.
24 | 18 | dmBinOther | U16 |  |  | bin number supplied from windows printer driver indicating which bin the pages other than the first page of section will be printed.
26 | 1A | dmPaperReq | U16 |  |  | dmPaper code for form selected by user
28 | 1C | brcTop | BRC |  |  | top page border
32 | 20 | brcLeft | BRC |  |  | left page border
36 | 24 | brcBottom | BRC |  |  | bottom page border
40 | 28 | brcRight | BRC |  |  | right page border
44 | 2C | fPropRMark | S16 |  |  | when 1, properties have been changed with revision marking on
46 | 2E | ibstPropRMark | S16 |  |  | index to author IDs stored in hsttbfRMark. used when properties have been changed when revision marking was enabled
48 | 30 | dttmPropRMark | DTTM |  |  | Date/time at which properties of this were changed for this run of text by the author. (Only recorded when revision marking is on.)
52 | 34 | dxtCharSpace | S32 |  |  |
56 | 38 | dyaLinePitch | S32 |  |  |
60 | 3C | clm | U16 |  |  |
62 | 3E | unused62 | U16 |  |  | reserved
64 | 40 | dmOrientPage | U8 |  |  | orientation of pages in that section. set to 1 when portrait, 2 when landscape
65 | 41 | iHeadingPgn | U8 |  |  | heading number level for page number
66 | 42 | pgnStart | U16 |  |  | user specified starting page number.
68 | 44 | lnnMin | S16 |  |  | beginning line number for section
70 | 46 | wTextFlow | U16 |  |  |
72 | 48 | unused72 | U16 |  |  | reserved
74 | 4A | pgbApplyTo | U16 | :3 | 0007 | pgbProp page border properties. page border applies to: 0 all pages in this section 1 first page in this section 2 all pages in this section but first 3 whole document (all sections)
|  | pgbPageDepth | U16 | :2 | 0018 | page border depth: 0 in front 1 in back
|  | pgbOffsetFrom | U16 | :3 | 00E0 | page border offset from: 0 offset from text 1 offset from edge of page
|  | unused74_8 | U16 | :8 | FF00 | reserved
76 | 4C | xaPage | U32 |  |  | default value is 12240 twipswidth of page
80 | 50 | yaPage | U32 |  |  | default value is 15840 twipsheight of page
84 | 54 | xaPageNUp | U32 |  |  | used internally by Word
88 | 58 | yaPageNUp | U32 |  |  | used internally by Word
92 | 5C | dxaLeft | U32 |  |  | default value is 1800 twipsleft margin
96 | 60 | dxaRight | U32 |  |  | default value is 1800 twipsright margin
100 | 64 | dyaTop | S32 |  |  | default value is 1440 twipstop margin
104 | 68 | dyaBottom | S32 |  |  | default value is 1440 twipsbottom margin
108 | 6C | dzaGutter | U32 |  |  | default value is 0 twips gutter width
112 | 70 | dyaHdrTop | U32 |  |  | y position of top header measured from top edge of page.
116 | 74 | dyaHdrBottom | U32 |  |  | y position of bottom header measured from top edge of page.
120 | 78 | ccolM1 | S16 |  |  | number of columns in section - 1.
122 | 7A | fEvenlySpaced | S8 |  |  | when == 1, columns are evenly spaced. Default value is 1.
123 | 7B | unused123 | U8 |  |  | reserved
124 | 7C | dxaColumns | S32 |  |  | distance that will be maintained between columns
128 | 80 | rgdxaColumnWidthSpacing | std::vector |  |  | array of 89 longs that determine bounds of irregular width columns [Changed that to a vector for obvoius reasons (Werner)]
484 | 1E4 | dxaColumnWidth | S32 |  |  | used internally by Word
488 | 1E8 | dmOrientFirst | U8 |  |  |
489 | 1E9 | fLayout | U8 |  |  | used internally by Word
490 | 1EA | unused490 | U16 |  |  | reserved
492 | 1EC | olstAnm | OLST |  |  | multilevel autonumbering list data (see OLST definition)

The standard SEP is all zeros except as follows:

bkc | 2 (new page)
dyaPgn | 720 twips (equivalent to .5 in)
dxaPgn | 720 twips
fEndnote | 1 (True)
fEvenlySpaced | 1 (True)
xaPage | 12240 twips
yaPage | 15840 twips
xaPageNUp | 12240 twips
yaPageNUp | 15840 twips
dyaHdrTop | 720 twips
dyaHdrBottom | 720 twips
dmOrientPage | 1 (portrait orientation)
dxaColumns | 720 twips
dyaTop | 1440 twips
dxaLeft | 1800 twips
dyaBottom | 1440 twips
dxaRight | 1800 twips
pgnStart | 1

cbSEP (count of bytes of SEP) is 704(decimal), 2C0(hex).

### Section Property Exceptions (SEPX)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comment
0 | 0 | cb | U16 |  |  | count of bytes in remainder of SEPX.
2 | 2 | grpprl | U8[] | cb |  | list of sprms that encodes the differences between the properties of a section and Word's default section properties.

### Shading Descriptor (SHD)

The SHD is a substructure of the CHP and PAP.

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | icoFore | U16 | :5 | 001F | foreground color (see chp.ico)
|  | icoBack | U16 | :5 | 03E0 | background color (see chp.ico)
|  | ipat | U16 | :6 | FC00 | shading pattern (see ipat table below) 0 Automatic 1 Solid 2 5 Percent 3 10 Percent 4 20 Percent 5 25 Percent 6 30 Percent 7 40 Percent 8 50 Percent 9 60 Percent 10 70 Percent 11 75 Percent 12 80 Percent 13 90 Percent 14 Dark Horizontal 15 Dark Vertical 16 Dark Forward Diagonal 17 Dark Backward Diagonal 18 Dark Cross 19 Dark Diagonal Cross 20 Horizontal 21 Vertical 22 Forward Diagonal 23 Backward Diagonal 24 Cross 25 Diagonal Cross 35 2.5 Percent 36 7.5 Percent 37 12.5 Percent 38 15 Percent 39 17.5 Percent 40 22.5 Percent 41 27.5 Percent 42 32.5 Percent 43 35 Percent 44 37.5 Percent 45 42.5 Percent 46 45 Percent 47 47.5 Percent 48 52.5 Percent 49 55 Percent 50 57.5 Percent 51 62.5 Percent 52 65 Percent 53 67.5 Percent 54 72.5 Percent 55 77.5 Percent 56 82.5 Percent 57 85 Percent 58 87.5 Percent 59 92.5 Percent 60 95 Percent 61 97.5 Percent 62 97 Percent

cbSHD (count of bytes of SHD) is 2.

### STyle Definition (STD)

The style description is stored in an STD structure as follows:

    // STD: STyle Definition
    //   The STD contains the entire definition of a style.
    //   It has two parts, a fixed-length base (cbSTDBase bytes long)
    //   and a variable length remainder holding the name, and the upx and upe
    //   arrays (a upx and upe for each type stored in the style, std.cupx)
    //   Note that new fields can be added to the BASE of the STD without
    //   invalidating the file format, because the STSHI contains the length
    //   that is stored in the file.  When reading STDs from an older version,
    //   new fields will be zero.

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | sti | U16 | :12 | 0FFF | invariant style identifier
|  | fScratch | U16 | :1 | 1000 | spare field for any temporary use, always reset back to zero!
|  | fInvalHeight | U16 | :1 | 2000 | PHEs of all text with this style are wrong
|  | fHasUpe | U16 | :1 | 4000 | UPEs have been generated
|  | fMassCopy | U16 | :1 | 8000 | std has been mass-copied; if unused at save time, style should be deleted
2 | 2 | sgc | U16 | :4 | 000F | style type code
|  | istdBase | U16 | :12 | FFF0 | base style
4 | 4 | cupx | U16 | :4 | 000F | # of UPXs (and UPEs)
|  | istdNext | U16 | :12 | FFF0 | next style
6 | 6 | bchUpe | U16 |  |  | offset to end of upx's, start of upe's
8 | 8 | fAutoRedef | U16 | :1 | 0001 | auto redefine style when appropriate
|  | fHidden | U16 | :1 | 0002 | hidden from UI?
|  | unused8_3 | U16 | :14 | FFFC | unused bits
10 | 0xA | xstzName | XCHAR[] |  |  | sub-names are separated by chDelimStyle
|  | grupx | U8[] |  |  |
|  | grupe | U8[] |  |  | the UPEs are not stored on the file; they are a cache of the based-on chain

The cb preceding each STD is the length of the data, which includes all of the STD except the grupe array (which is derived after the file is read in, by building each UPE from the base style UPE plus the exceptions in the UPX.) A cb of zero indicates an empty slot in the style array, i.e. no style has that istd. Note that the STD structure may be longer or shorter than the one stored in the file, stshi.cbSTDBaseInFile indicates the length of the base of the STD (up to stzName) as stored in the file. The stylesheet reader routine has to take this into account.

The variable-length part of the STD actually has three variable-length subparts, the xstzName, the grupx, and the grupe. Since this doesn't fit well into a C structure declaration, some processing is needed to figure out where one part stops and the next part begins. An important note is that all variable-length parts and subparts of the STD begin on EVEN-BYTE OFFSETS within the STD, even if the length of the preceding variable-length part was odd.

std.sti: The sti is an identifier which built-in style this is, or stiUser for a user-defined style. An sti is intended to be permanent through versions of Word, although new sti's may be added in new versions. The sti definitions are:

    // standard sti codes - these are invariant identifiers for built-in styles
    // and must remain the same (i.e. don't renumber them, or old files will be
    // messed up.)
    // NOTE: sti and istd are the same for Normal and level styles
    // If you want to define a new built-in style:
    //   1) Decide if you really need one--it will exist in all future versions!
    //   2) Add a new sti below.  You can take the first available slot.
    //   3) Change stiMax, and stiPapMax or stiChpMax
    //   4) Add entry to _dnsti, and the two ids's in strman.pp
    //   5) Add case in GetDefaultUpdForSti
    //   6) Change cstiMaxBuiltinDependents if necessary
    // If you want to change the definition of a built-in style
    //   1) In order to make WinWord 2 documents that use the style look like
    //      they did in WinWord 2, add a case in GetDefaultUpdForSti to handle
    //      fOldDef.  This definition will be used when converting WinWord 2
    //      stylesheets.
    //   2) If you change the name of a built-in style, increment nVerBuiltInNames
    #define stiNormal      0     // 0x0000

    #define stiLev1        1     // 0x0001
    #define stiLev2        2     // 0x0002
    #define stiLev3        3     // 0x0003
    #define stiLev4        4     // 0x0004
    #define stiLev5        5     // 0x0005
    #define stiLev6        6     // 0x0006
    #define stiLev7        7     // 0x0007
    #define stiLev8        8     // 0x0008
    #define stiLev9        9     // 0x0009
    #define stiLevFirst    stiLev1
    #define stiLevLast     stiLev9

    #define stiIndex1      10    // 0x000A
    #define stiIndex2      11    // 0x000B
    #define stiIndex3      12    // 0x000C
    #define stiIndex4      13    // 0x000D
    #define stiIndex5      14    // 0x000E
    #define stiIndex6      15    // 0x000F
    #define stiIndex7      16    // 0x0010
    #define stiIndex8      17    // 0x0011
    #define stiIndex9      18    // 0x0012
    #define stiIndexFirst  stiIndex1
    #define stiIndexLast   stiIndex9

    #define stiToc1        19    // 0x0013
    #define stiToc2        20    // 0x0014
    #define stiToc3        21    // 0x0015
    #define stiToc4        22    // 0x0016
    #define stiToc5        23    // 0x0017
    #define stiToc6        24    // 0x0018
    #define stiToc7        25    // 0x0019
    #define stiToc8        26    // 0x001A
    #define stiToc9        27    // 0x001B
    #define stiTocFirst    stiToc1
    #define stiTocLast     stiToc9

    #define stiNormIndent  28    // 0x001C
    #define stiFtnText     29    // 0x001D
    #define stiAtnText     30    // 0x001E
    #define stiHeader      31    // 0x001F
    #define stiFooter      32    // 0x0020
    #define stiIndexHeading 33   // 0x0021
    #define stiCaption     34    // 0x0022
    #define stiToCaption   35    // 0x0023
    #define stiEnvAddr     36    // 0x0024
    #define stiEnvRet      37    // 0x0025
    #define stiFtnRef      38    // 0x0026  char style
    #define stiAtnRef      39    // 0x0027  char style
    #define stiLnn         40    // 0x0028  char style
    #define stiPgn         41    // 0x0029  char style
    #define stiEdnRef      42    // 0x002A  char style
    #define stiEdnText     43    // 0x002B
    #define stiToa         44    // 0x002C
    #define stiMacro       45    // 0x002D
    #define stiToaHeading  46    // 0x002E
    #define stiList        47    // 0x002F
    #define stiListBullet  48    // 0x0030
    #define stiListNumber  49    // 0x0031
    #define stiList2       50    // 0x0032
    #define stiList3       51    // 0x0033
    #define stiList4       52    // 0x0034
    #define stiList5       53    // 0x0035
    #define stiListBullet2 54    // 0x0036
    #define stiListBullet3 55    // 0x0037
    #define stiListBullet4 56    // 0x0038
    #define stiListBullet5 57    // 0x0039
    #define stiListNumber2 58    // 0x003A
    #define stiListNumber3 59    // 0x003B
    #define stiListNumber4 60    // 0x003C
    #define stiListNumber5 61    // 0x003D
    #define stiTitle       62    // 0x003E
    #define stiClosing     63    // 0x003F
    #define stiSignature   64    // 0x0040
    #define stiNormalChar  65    // 0x0041  char style
    #define stiBodyText    66    // 0x0042
    #define stiBodyText2   67    // 0x0043
    #define stiListCont    68    // 0x0044
    #define stiListCont2   69    // 0x0045
    #define stiListCont3   70    // 0x0046
    #define stiListCont4   71    // 0x0047
    #define stiListCont5   72    // 0x0048
    #define stiMsgHeader   73    // 0x0049
    #define stiSubtitle    74    // 0x004A
    #define stiSalutation  75    // 0x004B
    #define stiDate        76    // 0X004C
    #define stiBodyText1I  77    // 0x004D
    #define stiBodyText1I2 78    // 0x004E
    #define stiNoteHeading 79    // 0x004F
    #define stiBodyText2   80    // 0x0050
    #define stiBodyText3   81    // 0x0051
    #define stiBodyTextInd2 82   // 0x0052
    #define stiBodyTextInd3 83   // 0x0053
    #define stiBlockQuote  84    // 0x0054
    #define stiHyperlink   85    // 0x0055  char style
    #define stiHyperlinkFollowed 86 // 0x0056   char style
    #define stiStrong      87    // 0x0057  char style
    #define stiEmphasis    88    // 0x0058  char style
    #define stiNavPane     89    // 0x0059  char style
    #define stiPlainText   90    // 0x005A
    #define stiMax         91    // number of defined sti's

    #define stiUser      0x0ffe  // user styles are distinguished by name
    #define stiNil       0x0fff  // max for 12 bits

See below for the names of these styles.

std.stc: The type of each style is indicated by std.sgc. The two types currently in use are:

sgcPara | 1 | // A paragraph style
sgcChp | 2 | // A character style

More style types may exist in the future, so styles of an unknown type should be discarded.

std.istdBase: The style that this style is based on. A style is always based on another style or the null style (istdNil). Following a "chain" of based-on styles will always end at the null style, because a based-on chain cannot have a loop in it. A style can have up to 11 "ancestors" in its based-on chain, including the null style. A style's definition is built up from the style that it is based on. See std.cupx, std.grupx, std.grupe.

std.istdNext: The style that should be applied after this one. For a paragraph style, this is the style that is applied when Enter is pressed at the end of a paragraph. For a character style, the next style is essentially ignored, but should be the same as the current style.

std.xstzName: The name of the style, including aliases. The name is stored as an xstz (preceded by a length byte, followed by a null-terminator.) [Attention: It seems that for Word97 the lenght "byte" is in fact a short(!) (Werner)] A style name can contain multiple "aliases", separated by commas. Aliases are alternate names for the same style (e.g. a style named "a,b,c" has three aliases, and can be referred to by "a", "b", or "c", or any combination.) WinWord 2.x did not have aliases, but MacWord 5.x did. If a style is a built-in style, the built-in stylename is always stored first.

All names (and aliases) must be unique within a stylesheet (e.g. styles "a,b" and "b,c" should not exist in the same stylesheet, as "b" matches multiple stylenames.)

A stylename (including all its aliases and comma separators) can be up to 253 characters long. So the xstz format of that name can be up to 255 characters. Stylenames are case sensitive.

The built-in stylenames (corresponding to each sti above) are defined for each language version of Word. For the USA, the names are:

    // These are the names of the built-in styles as we want to present them
    // to the user.
    Normal
    Heading 1
    Heading 2
    Heading 3
    Heading 4
    Heading 5
    Heading 6
    Heading 7
    Heading 8
    Heading 9
    Index 1
    Index 2
    Index 3
    Index 4
    Index 5
    Index 6
    Index 7
    Index 8
    Index 9
    TOC 1
    TOC 2
    TOC 3
    TOC 4
    TOC 5
    TOC 6
    TOC 7
    TOC 8
    TOC 9
    Normal Indent
    Footnote Text
    Annotation Text
    Header
    Footer
    Index Heading
    Caption
    Table of Figures
    Envelope Address
    Envelope Return
    Footnote Reference
    Annotation Reference
    Line Number
    Page Number
    Endnote Reference
    Endnote Text
    Table of Authorities
    Macro Text
    TOA Heading
    List
    List 2
    List 3
    List 4
    List 5
    List Bullet
    List Bullet 2
    List Bullet 3
    List Bullet 4
    List Bullet 5
    List Number
    List Number 2
    List Number 3
    List Number 4
    List Number 5
    Title
    Closing
    Signature
    Default Paragraph Font
    Body Text
    Body Text Indent
    List Continue
    List Continue 2
    List Continue 3
    List Continue 4
    List Continue 5
    Message Header
    Subtitle
    Salutation
    Date
    Body Text First Indent
    Body Text First Indent 2
    Note Heading
    Body Text 2
    Body Text 3
    Body Text Indent 2
    Body Text Indent 3
    Block Text
    Hyperlink
    Followed Hyperlink
    Strong
    Emphasis
    Document Map
    Plain Text

std.cupx: This is the number of UPXs in the std.grupx array. See below.

std.grupx: This is an array of variable-length UPXs, with std.cupx UPXs in the array. This array begins after the variable-length xstzName field, at the next even-byte offset within the STD. A UPX (Universal Property eXception) describes the difference in formatting of this style as compared to its based-on style. The UPX structure looks like this:

    typedef union _UPX
        {
        struct
                {
                uchar grpprl[cbMaxGrpprlStyleChpx];
                } chpx;
        struct
                {
                ushort istd;
                uchar grpprl[cbMaxGrpprlStylePapx];
                } papx;
        uchar rgb[1];
        } UPX;

Each UPX stored in a file is not a complete UPX, rather it is a UPX with all trailing zero bytes lopped off, and preceded by a ushort length field. So it is stored like:

Field | Size | Comment
cbUPX | 2 bytes | size of the following UPX structure
UPX | (cbUPX) | Nonzero prefix of a UPX structure

Each UPX begins on an even-byte offset within the STD, even if the length of the previous UPX (cbUPX) was odd.

The meaning of each UPX depends on the style type (std.sgc). For a paragraph style, std.cupx is 2. The first UPX is a paragraph UPX (UPX.papx) and the second UPX is a character UPX (UPX.chpx). For a character style, std.cupx is 1, and that UPX is a character UPX (UPX.chpx). Note that new UPXs may be added in the future, so std.cupx might be larger than expected. Any UPXs past those expected should be discarded.

The grpprl within each UPX contains the differences of this property type for this style from the UPE of that property type for the based on style. For example, if two paragraph styles, A and B, were identical except that B was bold where A was not, and B was based on A, B would have two UPXs, where the paragraph UPX would have an empty grpprl, and the character UPX would have a bold sprm in the grpprl. Thus B looks just like A (since B is based on A), with the exception that B is bold.

std.grupe: This is an array (group) of variable-length UPEs. These are not stored in the file! Rather, they are constructed using the std.istdBase and std.grupx fields. A UPE (Universal Property Expansion) describes the "end-result" of the property formatting, i.e. what the style looks like. The UPE structure is the non-zero prefix of a UPD structure. The UPD structure looks like this:

    typedef union _UPD
        {
        PAP pap;
        CHP chp;
        struct
                {
                ushort istd;
                uchar cbGrpprl;
                uchar grpprl[cbMaxGrpprlStyleChpx];
                } chpx;
        } UPD;

The std.grupe and std.grupx arrays are similar: there is one UPE for each UPX, and internally they are stored similarly (a length ushort followed by a non-zero prefix), though remember that the UPEs are not stored in the file. The meaning of each UPE depends on the style type (std.sgc). For a paragraph style, the first UPE is a PAP (UPE.pap). The second UPE is a CHP (UPE.chp). For a character style, the first UPE is a CHPX (UPE.chpx).

The UPEs for a style are constructed by taking the UPEs from the based-on style, and applying the UPXs to them. Obviously, if the UPEs for the based-on style haven't yet been constructed, that style's UPE needs to be constructed first. Eventually by following the based-on chain, a style will be based on the null style (istdNil). The UPEs for the null style are predefined:

- The UPE.pap for the null style is all zeros, except fWidowControl which is 1, dyaLine which is 240, and fMultLinespace which is 1.
- The UPE.chp for the null style is all zeros, except istd which is 10 (istdNormalChar), hps which is 20, lid which is 0x0400, and ftc which is set to the STSHI.ftcStandardChpStsh.
- The UPE.chpx for the null style has an istd of zero, a cbGrpprl of zero (and an empty grpprl).

So, for a paragraph style, the first UPE is a UPE.pap. It can be constructed by starting the with first UPE from the based-on style (std.istdBase), and then applying the first UPX (UPX.papx) in std.grupx to that UPE. To apply a UPX.papx to a UPE.pap, set UPE.pap.istd equal to UPX.papx.istd, and then apply the UPX.papx.grpprl to UPE.pap. Similarly, the second UPE is a UPE.chp. It can be constructed by starting with the second UPE from the based-on style, and then applying the second UPX (UPX.chpx) in std.grupx to that UPE. To apply a UPX.chpx to a UPE.chp, apply the UPX.chpx.grpprl to UPE.chp. Note that a UPE.chp for a paragraph style should always have UPE.chp.istd == istdNormalChar.

For a character style, the first (and only) UPE (a UPE.chpx) can be constructed by starting with the first UPE from the based-on style (std.istdBase), and then applying the first UPX (UPX.chpx) in std.grupx to that UPE. To apply a UPX.chpx to a UPE.chpx, take the grpprl in UPE.chpx.grpprl (which has a length of UPE.chpx.cbGrpprl) and merge the grpprl in UPX.chpx.grpprl into it. Merging grpprls is a tricky business, but for character styles it is easy because no prls in character style grpprls should interact with each other. Each prl from the source (the UPX.chpx.grpprl) should be inserted into the destination (the UPE.chpx.grpprl) so that the sprm of each prl is in increasing order, and any prls that have the same sprm are replaced by the prl in the source. UPE.chpx.cbGrpprl is then set to the length of resulting grpprl, and UPE.chpx.istd is set to the style's istd.

### STyleSHeet Information (STSHI)

The STSHI structure has the following format:

    // STSHI: STyleSHeet Information, as stored in a file
    //  Note that new fields can be added to the STSHI without invalidating
    //  the file format, because it is stored preceded by it's length.
    //  When reading a STSHI from an older version, new fields will be zero.

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | cstd | U16 |  |  | Count of styles in stylesheet
2 | 2 | cbSTDBaseInFile | U16 |  |  | Length of STD Base as stored in a file
4 | 4 | fStdStylenamesWritten | U16 | :1 | 0001 | Are built-in stylenames stored?
|  | unused4_2 | U16 | :15 | FFFE | Spare flags
6 | 6 | stiMaxWhenSaved | U16 |  |  | Max sti known when this file was written
8 | 8 | istdMaxFixedWhenSaved | U16 |  |  | How many fixed-index istds are there?
10 | 0xA | nVerBuiltInNamesWhenSaved | U16 |  |  | Current version of built-in stylenames
12 | 0xC | rgftcStandardChpStsh | U16[3] |  |  | ftc used by StandardChpStsh for this document

The cb preceding the STSHI in the file is the length of the STSHI as stored in the file. The current definition of the STSHI structure might be longer or shorter than that stored in the file, the stylesheet reader routine needs to take this into account.

stshi.cstd: The number of styles in this stylesheet. There will be stshi.cstd (cbSTD, STD) pairs in the file following the STSHI. Note that styles can be empty, i.e. cbSTD == 0.

stshi.cbSTDBaseInFile: The STD structure (see below) is divided into a fixed-length "base", and a variable length part. The stshi.cbSTDBaseInFile indicates the size in bytes of the fixed-length base of the STD as it was written in this file. If the STD base is grown in a future version, the file format doesn't change, because the stylesheet reader can discard parts it doesn't know about, or use defaults if the file's STD is not as large as it was expecting. (Currently, stshi.cbSTDBaseInFile is 8.)

stshi.fStdStylenamesWritten: Previous versions of Word did not store the style name if the style was a built-in style; Word 6.0 does, for compatibility with future versions. Note that the built-in stylenames may need to be "regenerated" if the file is opened in a different language or if stshi.nVerBuiltInNamesWhenSaved doesn't match the expected value.

stshi.stiMaxWhenSaved: This indicates the last built-in style known to the version of Word that saved this file.

stshi.istdMaxFixedWhenSaved: Each array of styles has some fixed-index styles at the beginning. This indicates the number of fixed-index positions reserved in the stylesheet when it was saved.

stshi.nVerBuiltInNamesWhenSaved: Since built-in stylenames are saved with the document, this provides an way to see if the saved names are the same "version" as the names in the version of Word that is loading the file. If not, the built-in stylenames need to be "regenerated", i.e. the old names need to be replaced with the new.

stshi.rgftcStandardChpStsh: This is the default fonts for this stylesheet. The first is for Asci characters (0-127), the second is for Far East characters, and the third is the default font for non-Far East, non-Asci text. See notes on sprmCRgftcX for details.

### Table Properties (TAP)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | jc | S16 |  |  | justification code. specifies how table row should be justified within its column. 0 left justify 1 center 2 right justify
2 | 2 | dxaGapHalf | S32 |  |  | measures half of the white space that will be maintained between text in adjacent columns of a table row. A dxaGapHalf width of white space will be maintained on both sides of a column boundary.
6 | 6 | dyaRowHeight | S32 |  |  | when greater than 0. guarantees that the height of the table will be at least dyaRowHeight high. When less than 0, guarantees that the height of the table will be exactly absolute value of dyaRowHeight high. When 0, table will be given a height large enough to represent all of the text in all of the cells of the table. Cells with vertical text flow make no contribution to the computation of the height of rows with auto or at least height. Neither do vertically merged cells, except in the last row of the vertical merge. If an auto height row consists entirely of cells which have vertical text direction or are vertically merged, and the row does not contain the last cell in any vertical cell merge, then the row is given height equal to that of the end of cell mark in the first cell.
10 | A6 | fCantSplit | U8 |  |  | when 1, table row may not be split across page bounds
11 | B | fTableHeader | U8 |  |  | when 1, table row is to be used as the header of the table
12 | C | tlp | TLP |  |  | table look specifier (see TLP definition)
16 | 10 | lwHTMLProps | S32 |  |  | reserved for future use
20 | 14 | fCaFull | U16 | :1 | 0001 | used internally by Word
|  | fFirstRow | U16 | :1 | 0002 | used internally by Word
|  | fLastRow | U16 | :1 | 0004 | used internally by Word
|  | fOutline | U16 | :1 | 0008 | used internally by Word
|  | unused20_12 | U16 | :12 | FFE0 | reserved
22 | 16 | itcMac | S16 |  |  | count of cells defined for this row. ItcMac must be >= 0 and less than or equal to 64.
24 | 18 | dxaAdjust | S32 |  |  | used internally by Word
28 | 1C | dxaScale | S32 |  |  | used internally by Word
32 | 20 | dxsInch | S32 |  |  | used internally by Word
36 | 24 | rgdxaCenter | std::vector |  |  | rgdxaCenter[0] is the left boundary of cell 0 measured relative to margin.. rgdxaCenter[tap.itcMac - 1] is left boundary of last cell. rgdxaCenter[tap.itcMac] is right boundary of last cell. (Changed the array to a vector)
166 | A6 | rgdxaCenterPrint | std::vector |  |  | used internally by Word (Changed the array to a vector)
296 | 128 | rgtc | std::vector |  |  | array of table cell descriptors (Changed the array to a vector)
1576 | 628 | rgshd | std::vector |  |  | array of cell shades (Changed the array to a vector)
1704 | 6A8 | rgbrcTable | BRC[6] |  |  | array of border defaults for cells

cbTAP (count of bytes of TAP) is 1728 (decimal), 6C0(hex).

### Tab Descriptor (TBD)

The TBD is a substructure of the PAP.

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | jc | U8 | :3 | 07 | justification code 0 left tab 1 centered tab 2 right tab 3 decimal tab 4 bar
|  | tlc | U8 | :3 | 38 | tab leader code 0 no leader 1 dotted leader 2 hyphenated leader 3 single line leader 4 heavy line leader
|  | unused0_6 | U8 | :2 | C0 | reserved

cbTBD (count of bytes of TBD) is 1.

### Table Cell Descriptors (TC)

The TC is a substructure of the TAP.

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | fFirstMerged | U16 | :1 | 0001 | set to 1 when cell is first cell of a range of cells that have been merged. When a cell is merged, the display areas of the merged cells are consolidated and the text within the cells is interpreted as belonging to one text stream for purposes of calculating line breaks.
|  | fMerged | U16 | :1 | 0002 | set to 1 when cell has been merged with preceding cell.
|  | fVertical | U16 | :1 | 0004 | set to 1 when cell has vertical text flow
|  | fBackward | U16 | :1 | 0008 | for a vertical table cell, text flow is bottom to top when 1 and is bottom to top when 0.
|  | fRotateFont | U16 | :1 | 0010 | set to 1 when cell has rotated characters (i.e. uses @font)
|  | fVertMerge | U16 | :1 | 0020 | set to 1 when cell is vertically merged with the cell(s) above and/or below. When cells are vertically merged, the display area of the merged cells are consolidated. The consolidated area is used to display the contents of the first vertically merged cell (the cell with fVertRestart set to 1), and all other vertically merged cells (those with fVertRestart set to 0) must be empty. Cells can only be merged vertically if their left and right boundaries are (nearly) identical (i.e. if corresponding entries in rgdxaCenter of the table rows differ by at most 3).
|  | fVertRestart | U16 | :1 | 0040 | set to 1 when the cell is the first of a set of vertically merged cells. The contents of a cell with fVertStart set to 1 are displayed in the consolidated area belonging to the entire set of vertically merged cells. Vertically merged cells with fVertRestart set to 0 must be empty.
|  | vertAlign | U16 | :2 | 0180 | specifies the alignment of the cell contents relative to text flow (e.g. in a cell with bottom to top text flow and bottom vertical alignment, the text is shifted horizontally to match the cell's right boundary): 0 top 1 center 2 bottom
|  | fUnused | U16 | :7 | FE00 | reserved
2 | 2 | wUnused | U16 |  |  | reserved
4 | 4 | brcTop | BRC |  |  | BRC[cbrcTc] rgbrc: notational convenience for referring to brcTop, brcLeft, etc. fields. specification of the top border of a table cell
8 | 8 | brcLeft | BRC |  |  | specification of left border of table row
12 | 12 | brcBottom | BRC |  |  | specification of bottom border of table row
16 | 16 | brcRight | BRC |  |  | specification of right border of table row.

cbTC (count of bytes of TC) is 20(decimal), 14(hex).

### Table Autoformat Look sPecifier (TLP)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | itl | S16 |  |  | index to Word's table of table looks: 0 (none) 1 Simple 1 2 Simple 2 3 Simple 3 4 Classic 1 5 Classic 2 6 Classic 3 7 Classic 4 8 Colorful 1 9 Colorful 2 10 Colorful 3 11 Columns 1 12 Columns 2 13 Columns 3 14 Columns 4 15 Columns 5 16 Grid 1 17 Grid 2 18 Grid 3 19 Grid 4 20 Grid 5 21 Grid 6 22 Grid 7 23 Grid 8 24 List 1 25 List 2 26 List 3 27 List 4 28 List 5 29 List 6 30 List 7 31 List 8 32 3D Effects 1 33 3D Effects 2 34 3D Effects 3 35 Contemporary 36 Elegant 37 Professional 38 Subtle1 39 Subtle2
2 | 2 | fBorders | U16 | :1 | 0001 | when ==1, use the border properties from the selected table look
|  | fShading | U16 | :1 | 0002 | when ==1, use the shading properties from the selected table look
|  | fFont | U16 | :1 | 0004 | when ==1, use the font from the selected table look
|  | fColor | U16 | :1 | 0008 | when ==1, use the color from the selected table look
|  | fBestFit | U16 | :1 | 0010 | when ==1, do best fit from the selected table look
|  | fHdrRows | U16 | :1 | 0020 | when ==1, apply properties from the selected table look to the header rows in the table
|  | fLastRow | U16 | :1 | 0040 | when ==1, apply properties from the selected table look to the last row in the table
|  | fHdrCols | U16 | :1 | 0080 | when ==1, apply properties from the selected table look to the header columns of the table
|  | fLastCol | U16 | :1 | 0100 | when ==1, apply properties from the selected table look to the last column of the table
|  | unused2_9 | U16 | :7 | FE00 | unused

cbTLP (count of bytes of TLP) is 4.

### WorK Book (WKB)

b10 | b16 | field | type | size | bitfield | comments
0 | 0 | fn | S16 |  |  |
2 | 2 | grfwkb | U16 |  |  |
4 | 4 | lvl | S16 |  |  |
6 | 6 | fnpt | U16 | :4 | 000F |
|  | fnpd | U16 | :12 | FFF0 |
8 | 8 | doc | S32 |  |  | unused

cbWKB (count of bytes of WKB) is 12 (decimal), C (hex).

## Appendix A - Reading a Macintosh PICT Graphic

As described under "picture" in the Definition section of this document, some pictures in Word documents are stored as Macintosh PICT graphics, particularly in files created by Word for the Macintosh. All pictures, including these, are stored as a block of binary data attached to a special chPic character in the text stream. This block always begins with a PIC structure. (Please see the "picture" definition mentioned above for more information on general picture-reading.)

Normal graphics follow the PIC structure with a single Office shape, Windows metafile, bitmap, or TIFF representation, as described in the "picture" definition section. Macintosh PICT graphics have a standard, unchanging Windows metafile after the PIC which always depicts an "x", followed by the actual Macintosh PICT picture. This is for backward-compatibility with older readers, which expect to find a Windows metafile after the PIC structure. These readers will simply display the fixed "x" image. In the Macintosh PICT case, the PIC structure's lcb field represents the size of the entire picture data block, including the PIC itself, the "x" metafile and the Macintosh PICT data. (see the description of the PIC structure in the Structure Definitions section of this document.)

To distinguish between normal and Macintosh PICT graphics, a reader needs to detect the presence of the special "x" metafile. The bytes below are in an early portion of the "x" metafile.

    U8 rgbWmfXBegin[] =
    {
       '\x14', '\x00', '\x00', '\x00', '\x26', '\x06', '\x0F', '\x00', '\x1E', '\x00',
       '\xFF', '\xFF', '\xFF', '\xFF', '\x04', '\x00', '\x14', '\x00', '\x00', '\x00',
       '\x57', '\x6F', '\x72', '\x64', '\x0E', '\x00', '\x4D', '\x69', '\x63', '\x72',
       '\x6F', '\x73', '\x6F', '\x66', '\x74', '\x20', '\x57', '\x6F', '\x72', '\x64',
       '\x0E', '\x00', '\x00', '\x00', '\x26', '\x06', '\x0F', '\x00', '\x12', '\x00',
       '\x57', '\x6F', '\x72', '\x64', '\xFF', '\xFF', '\x08', '\x00', '\x00', '\x00'

       /* "x" wmf and PICT data sizes immediately follow as 2 four-byte longs */
    };

    #define cbMETAHDR 18 // size of a standard Windows metafile header
    #define cbWmfXBegin 60  // length of this beginning section of the x metafile

After reading the PIC structure from the picture data block, the reader should skip cbMETAHDR bytes (the size of a standard Windows metafile header). It should then compare the next cbWmfXBegin bytes in the picture data block against the bytes in the rgbWmfXBegin array above. If they do not match, the picture is a normal picture -- Windows metafile, bitmap or TIFF.

If they do match, then the reader should read the next 8 bytes in the picture data block as two 4-byte "long"s (Intel 80x86 byte order). These numbers are the sizes (in bytes) of the "x" metafile and the Macintosh PICT data, respectively. The size of the "x" metafile is measured from its start immediately after the PIC structure. It is possible for the PICT's size to be zero. In this case, there is no PICT data, and the reader may use the "x" Windows metafile as the picture's representation.

## Appendix B - Calculation of font (FTC) and language (LID)

Certain Unicode characters are shared between Far East and non-Far East scripts requiring the calculation of font and language based on the Unicode character code and the chp.idctHint property.

Characters are classified into one of four groups, ASCII, Far East, floating, and non-Far East. Properties are calculated as follows:

Character type | Font (ftc) | Language (lid)
ASCII | sprmCRgftc0 | sprmCRglid0
non-Far East | sprmCRgftc2 | sprmCRglid0
Far East | sprmCRgftc1 | sprmCRglid1
shared character | sprmCRgftc2 if chp.idctHint is 0 sprmCRgftc1 if chp.idctHint is 1 | sprmCRglid0 if chp.idctHint is 0 sprmCRglid1 if chp.idctHint is 1

The table below defines the classification of various ranges of Unicode characters:

Unicode subrange | character range | Classification
usrBasicLatin | 0x20 -> 0x7f | ASCII
usrLatin1 | 0xa0 -> 0xff | some shared (see notes below)
usrLatinXA | 0x100 -> 0x17f | some shared (see notes below)
usrLatinXB | 0x180 -> 0x24f | some shared (see notes below)
usrIPAExtensions | 0x250 -> 0x2af | some shared (see notes below)
usrSpacingModLetters | 0x2b0 -> 0x2ff | shared
usrCombDiacritical | 0x300 -> 0x36f | shared
usrBasicGreek | 0x370 -> 0x3cf | shared
usrGreekSymbolsCop | 0x3d0 -> 0x3ff | non-Far East
usrCyrillic | 0x400 -> 0x4ff | shared
usrArmenian | 0x500 -> 0x58f | non-Far East
usrBasicHebrew | 0x5d0 -> 0x5ff | non-Far East
usrHebrewXA | 0x590 -> 0x5cf | non-Far East
usrBasicArabic | 0x600 -> 0x652 | non-Far East
usrArabicX | 0x653 -> 0x6ff | non-Far East
usrDevangari | 0x900 -> 0x97f | non-Far East
usrBengali | 0x980 -> 0x9ff | non-Far East
usrGurmukhi | 0xa00 -> 0xa7f | non-Far East
usrGujarati | 0xa80 -> 0xaff | non-Far East
usrOriya | 0xb00 -> 0xb7f | non-Far East
usrTamil | 0x0b80 -> 0x0bff | non-Far East
usrTelugu | 0x0c00 -> 0x0c7f | non-Far East
usrKannada | 0x0c80 -> 0x0cff | non-Far East
usrMalayalam | 0x0d00 -> 0x0d7f | non-Far East
usrThai | 0x0e00 -> 0x0e7f | non-Far East
usrLao | 0x0e80 -> 0x0eff | non-Far East
usrBasicGeorgian | 0x10d0 -> 0x10ff | non-Far East
usrGeorgianExtended | 0x10a0 -> 0x10cf | non-Far East
usrHangulJamo | 0x1100 -> 0x11ff | non-Far East
usrLatinExtendedAdd | 0x1e00 -> 0x1eff | shared
usrGreekExtended | 0x1f00 -> 0x1fff | non-Far East
usrGeneralPunct | 0x2000 -> 0x206f | shared
usrSuperAndSubscript | 0x2070 -> 0x209f | shared
usrCurrencySymbols | 0x20a0 -> 0x20cf | shared
usrCombDiacriticsS | 0x20d0 -> 0x20ff | shared
usrLetterlikeSymbols | 0x2100 -> 0x214f | shared
usrNumberForms | 0x2150 -> 0x218f | shared
usrArrows | 0x2190 -> 0x21ff | shared
usrMathematicalOps | 0x2200 -> 0x22ff | shared
usrMiscTechnical | 0x2300 -> 0x23ff | shared
usrControlPictures | 0x2400 -> 0x243f | shared
usrOpticalCharRecog | 0x2440 -> 0x245f | shared
usrEnclosedAlphanum | 0x2460 -> 0x24ff | shared
usrBoxDrawing | 0x2500 -> 0x257f | shared
usrBlockElements | 0x2580 -> 0x259f | shared
usrGeometricShapes | 0x25a0 -> 0x25ff | shared
usrMiscDingbats | 0x2600 -> 0x26ff | shared
usrDingbats | 0x2700 -> 0x27bf | shared
usrCJKSymAndPunct | 0x3000 -> 0x303f | Far East
usrHiragana | 0x3040 -> 0x309f | Far East
usrKatakana | 0x30a0 -> 0x30ff | Far East
usrBopomofo | 0x3100 -> 0x312f | Far East
usrHangulCompatJamo | 0x3130 -> 0x318f | Far East
usrCJKMisc | 0x3190 -> 0x319f | Far East
usrEnclosedCJKLtMnth | 0x3200 -> 0x32ff | Far East
usrCJKCompatibility | 0x3300 -> 0x33ff | Far East
usrHangul | 0xac00 -> 0xd7a3 | Far East
usrReserved1 |  |
usrReserved2 |  |
usrCJKUnifiedIdeo | 0x4e00 -> 0x9fff | Far East
usrPrivateUseArea | 0xe000 -> 0xf8ff | shared
usrCJKCompatibilityIdeographs | 0xf900 -> 0xfaff | Far East
usrAlphaPresentationForms | 0xfb00 -> 0xfb4f | shared
usrArabicPresentationFormsA | 0xfb50 -> 0xfdff | shared
usrCombiningHalfMarks | 0xfe20 -> 0xfe2f | Far East
usrCJKCompatForms | 0xfe30 -> 0xfe4f | Far East
usrSmallFormVariants | 0xfe50 -> 0xfe6f | Far East
usrArabicPresentationFormsB | 0xfe70 -> 0xfefe | shared
usrHFWidthForms | 0xff00 -> 0xffef | Far East
usrSpecials | 0xfff0 -> 0xfffd | non-Far East

The table below describes the behavior of the unicode subrange usrLatin1. Shared characters are marked in this table with a 1, while characters marked with a 0 are considered "non-Far East". All other characters in this unicode subrange are considered "non-Far East".

       // 0  1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8  9  a  b  c  d  e  f
          0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, // 0x00a0-0x00af
          1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 0x00b0-0x00bf
          0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // 0x00c0-0x00cf
          0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // 0x00d0-0x00df
          0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // 0x00e0-0x00ef
          0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // 0x00f0-0x00ff
          };

The table below describes the behavior of the unicode range usrLatinXA. Shared characters are marked in this table with a 1, while characters marked with a 0 are considered "non-Far East". All other characters in this unicode subrange are considered "non-Far East".

       // 0  1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8  9  a  b  c  d  e  f
          1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // 0x0100-0x010f
          0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, // 0x0110-0x011f
          0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, // 0x0120-0x012f
          0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // 0x0130-0x013f
          0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, // 0x0140-0x014f
          0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, // 0x0150-0x015f
          0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, // 0x0160-0x016f

In usrLatinXB shared characters are 0x192, 0x1FA, 0x1FB, 0x1FC, 0x1FD, 0x1FE and 0x1FF. All other characters in this unicode subrange are considered "non-Far East".

In usrIPAExtensions shared characters are 0x251, and 0x261.

An optimization is available. If the Far East font chp.ftcFE is 0 and chp.idctHint is 0 and chp.ftcAscii is equal to chp.ftcOther, the font is chp.ftcAscii and the language is chp.lidDefault.